School of Mechanical Engineering

Scheme of Instruction and Curriculum

Approved

by

Board of Studies

Ref No 1: BOS/ME/BME/2013-14/02/01-02-2014
Ref No 2: BOS/ME/BME/2015-16/03/23-05-2016
Ref No 3: BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017
&
Academic Council dated on 15-06-2017

For

B.Tech in Mechanical Engineering

(2015 batch and onwards)
2017-18
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Scheme of Instruction
I Semester- CHEMISTRY CYCLE

Types of Credit Pattern & Credit

course Value Contact
Sl HC/ Teaching
Course code Title of the Course
No Hrs./wee School/Dept
Tot
SC/OE L T P k
al

1 BTEM16F1100 Engineering Mathematics – I HC 3 1 0 4 5 Mathematics

2 BTEC16F1200 Engineering Chemistry HC 2 1 0 3 4 Chemistry

3 BTBE16F1300 Basic Electronics Engineering HC 2 1 0 3 4 Electronics

BTCC16F1400 Computer Concepts & C

4 HC 2 1 0 3 4 CSE
Programming

5 BTES16F1500 Environmental Sciences FC 1 1 0 2 3 Civil

6 BTTE17F1600 Technical English-I FC 0 0 2 2 4 Humanities

BTED16F1700 Computer Aided Engineering

7 HC 2 0 2 4 6 Mechanical
Drawing

8 BTCL16F1800 Engineering Chemistry Lab HC 0 0 2 2 3 Chemistry

9 BTCP16F1900 Computer Programming Lab HC 0 0 2 2 3 CSE

Total Credits of the semester 12 5 8 25 36

Total Credits of the First semester 25

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 2

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

II Semester- PHYSICS CYCLE

Types of Credit Pattern &

course Credit Value Contact
Sl
HC/ Teaching
Course code Title of the Course
Hrs/wee School/Dept
No Tot
SC/OE L T P k
al

1 BTEM16F2100 Engineering Mathematics – II HC 3 1 0 4 5 Mathematics

2 BTEP16F2200 Engineering Physics HC 2 1 0 3 4 Physics

3 BTCV16F2300 Elements of Civil Engineering HC 2 1 0 3 4 Civil

BTME16F2400 Elements of Mechanical

4 HC 2 1 0 3 4 Mechanical
Engineering

5 BTEE16F2500 Basic Electrical Engineering HC 2 1 0 3 4 Electrical

BTIC16F2600 Indian Constitution and

6 FC 1 1 0 2 3 Humanities
Professional Ethics

7 BTTE17F2700 Technical English-II FC 0 0 2 2 3 Humanities

8 BTPL16F2800 Engineering Physics Lab HC 0 0 2 2 3 Physics

9 BTEW16F2900 Workshop Practice HC 0 0 2 2 3 Mechanical

Total Credits of the semester 12 6 6 24 33

Total Credits of the first to Second semester 49

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 3

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Types
of Credit Pattern & Cont
Teaching
SL course Credit Value act
No Course code Title of the Course School/
HC/ Hrs./
Dept
SC/OE week
L T P Total
THIRD SEMESTER
1 BTME16F3100 Engineering Mathematics-III HC 4 0 0 4 4 Maths
BTME16F3200A Material Science and Metallurgy
2 Mechanical Measurements & HC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
BTME16F3200B
Metrology
3 BTME16F3300 Strength of Materials HC 3 1 0 4 5 ME
4 BTME16F3400 Basic Thermodynamics HC 3 1 0 4 5 ME
5 BTME16F3500 Manufacturing Technology-I HC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
BTME16F3600A Computer Aided Machine Drawing HC 1 0 2 3 5 ME
6
BTME16F3600B Fluid Mechanics HC 2 1 0 3 4 ME
BTME16F3700A Material Science Lab
7 HC 0 0 2 2 3 ME
BTME16F3700B Metrology and Measurement Lab
BTME16F3800A Manufacturing Technology Lab
8 HC 0 0 2 2 3 ME
BTME16F3800B Machine Shop
Total Credits of the semester 17/18 2/3 6 25 31/30
Total Credits from First to Third semester 74
FOURTH SEMESTER
1 BTME16F4100 Engineering Mathematics-IV HC 4 0 0 4 4 Maths
BTME16F4200A Material Science and Metallurgy
2 Mechanical Measurements & HC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
BTME16F4200B
Metrology
3 BTME16F4300 Applied Thermodynamics HC 3 1 0 4 5 ME
4 BTME16F4400 Theory of Machines-I HC 3 1 0 4 5 ME
5 BTME16F4500 Manufacturing Technology-II HC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
BTME16F4600A Computer Aided Machine Drawing HC 1 0 2 3 5 ME
6
BTME16F4600B Fluid Mechanics HC 2 1 0 3 4 ME
BTME16F4700A Material Science Lab
7 HC 0 0 2 2 3 ME
BTME16F4700B Metrology and Measurement Lab
BTME164F4800A Manufacturing Technology Lab
8 HC 0 0 2 2 3 ME
BTME164F4800B Machine Shop
Total Credits of the semester 17/18 2/3 4 25 31/30
Total Credits from First to Fourth semester 99
Note: Those who studied Group A courses in III sem must study Group B courses in IV sem
Those who studied Group B courses in III sem must study Group A courses in IV sem

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 4

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

FIFTH SEMESTER
BTME16F5100A Turbo Machinery
1 HC 3 1 0 4 5 ME
BTME16F5100B Finite Element Method
BTME16F5200A Theory of Machines-II
2 HC 3 1 0 4 5 ME
BTME16F5200B Heat & Mass Transfer
3 BTME16F5300 Machine Design-I HC 3 1 0 4 5 ME
4 BTME16F5400 Hydraulics & Pneumatics HC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
5 BTME16F5500 Principles of Management HC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
BTME16F5610 Internal Combustion Engine SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
Processing of Materials in
BTME16F5620 SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
6 Manufacturing
BTME16F5630 Statistical Quality Control SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
BTME16F5640 Power Plant Engineering SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
BTME16F5700A Fluid Machinery Lab
7 Computer Aided Modeling and HC 0 0 2 2 3 ME
BTME16F5700B
Analysis Lab
BTME16F5800A Energy Conversion Lab
8 HC 0 0 2 2 3 ME
BTME16F5800B Heat & Mass Transfer Lab
Total Credits of the semester 18 3 4 25 30
Total Credits from First to Fifth semester 124
SIXTH SEMESTER
1 BTME16F6100A Turbo Machinery
HC 3 1 0 4 5 ME
BTME16F6100B Finite Element Method
2 BTME16F6200A Theory of Machines-II
HC 3 1 0 4 5 ME
BTME16F6200B Heat & Mass Transfer
3 BTME16F6300 CAD/CAM/CIM HC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
4 BTME16F6400 Machine Design-II HC 3 1 0 4 5 ME
Refrigeration and
BTME16F6510 SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
Air-conditioning
5 BTME16F6520 Manufacturing Technology-III SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
BTME16F6530 Production Planning & Control SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
BTME16F6540 Theory of elasticity SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
BTME16F6610 Renewable Energy Resources SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
BTME16F6620 Mechatronics and
SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
6 Microprocessor
BTME16F6630 Industrial Engineering SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
BTME16F6640 Experimental Stress Analysis SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
BTME16F6700A Fluid Machinery Lab
7 Computer Aided Modeling and HC 0 0 2 2 3 ME
BTME16F6700B
Analysis Lab
BTME16F6800A Energy Conversion Lab
8 HC 0 0 2 2 3 ME
BTME16F6800B Heat & Mass Transfer Lab
Total Credits of the semester 18 3 4 25 30
Total Credits from First to Sixth semester 149
Note: Those who studied Group A courses in V sem must study Group B courses in VI sem
Those who studied Group B courses in V sem must study Group A courses in VI sem

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 5

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

SEVENTH SEMESTER
1 BTME16F7100 Control systems HC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
2 BTME16F7200 Mechanical Vibrations HC 3 1 0 4 5 ME
3 BTME16F7300 Operation Research HC 3 1 0 4 5 ME
BTME16F7410 Cryogenic Engineering SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
BTME16F7420 Product Design and Development SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
4 Engineering economics &
BTME16F7430 SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
Financial Management
BTME16F7440 Theory of plasticity SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
BTME16F7510 Computational Fluid Dynamics SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
Nano Technology and
BTME16F7520 SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
5 Applications
BTME16F7530 Tribology & Bearing Design SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
BTME16F7540 Automation in Manufacturing SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
Open elective-Industrial
BTME16F7610 automation and production system
6 OE 4 0 0 4 4 ME
Open elective-Industrial
BTME16F7620
Engineering
7 BTME16F7700 CIM & Automation Laboratory HC 0 0 2 2 3 ME
8 BTME16F7800 Design Laboratory HC 0 0 2 2 3 ME
Total Credits of the semester 19 2 4 25 29
Total Credits from First to Seventh semester 174
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Safety Measures in Mechanical
1 BTME16F8100 HC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
Engineering
BTME16F8210 Automotive Engineering SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
BTME16F8220 Robotics SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
2 BTME16F8230 Project Management SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
Mechanics of Composite SC
BTME16F8240 3 0 0 3 3 ME
Materials
BTME16F8310 Biomass Energy Systems SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
BTME16F8320 Rapid Prototyping SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
3
BTME16F8330 Non Destructive Testing Methods SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
BTME16F8340 Machine Tool Design SC 3 0 0 3 3 ME
4 BTME16F8400 Technical Seminar HC 0 0 1 1 3 ME
5 BTME16F8500 Major Project HC 0 0 8 8 - ME
Total Credits 09 0 9 18 12
Total Credits of Third To Eighth Semesters 143
Total Credits of First To Eighth Semesters 192

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 6

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
FIRST SEMESTER

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

BTEM16F1100 Engineering Mathematics – I 16 HC 3 1 0 4 5

Prerequisites: Knowledge of basics limits, Final

Semester Exam
continuity, differentiation, integration, Mode of Evaluation: Exam
Continuous Assessment
matrices, determinants, and geometry. C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. Learn the concept of polar coordinate system and its application to engineering problems.
2. To understand the concepts of differential calculus and its application.
3. To familiarize with partial differentiation and its application in various field.
4. Learn to solve analytically the first order first degree differential equation.
5. Learn the concept of integration of functions of two/three variables over a region.
6. Learn to integrate improper integrals using Beta and Gamma function

Course Outcomes:
After the completion of the course the student will be able to:
1. Find the angle between polar curves, express the polar curve in terms of pedal form.
2. Determine radius of curvature and able to determine limits of indeterminate function applicable
to already word problems and engineering problems.
3. Use partial differentiation to find the derivatives of implicit and composite functions.
4. Check functional dependence using jacobians. Learn to expand any functions of two variables
in ascending power and to find the extremum value of a given function related to engineering
problems.and gain knowledge to solve differential equation arising in different engineering
branch
5. Recognize and solve first order ordinary differential equation
6. Learn the evaluation policy of some special functions like beta and gamma functions and their
relation which is helpful to evaluate some definite integral arising in various branch of
engineering.

Course Contents:

UNIT-I: Differential Calculus-I [14hrs]

Successive differentiation-nth derivatives (proof and problems),Leibnitz Theorem (without proof) and
problems, Taylors series and andMaclaurins series expansion for one variable(only problems), Polar
curves- Angle between the radius vector tangent, angle between two curves, Pedal equation for polar
curves.

UNIT-II:Differential Calculus-II [16hrs]

Derivative of arc length – concept and formulae without proof, Radius of curvature-Cartesian,
parametric, polar and pedal forms(without proof)problems.Indeterminate forms and solution using
L‘Hospital‘s rule.
Partial Differentiation: Partial derivatives-Euler‘s theorem-problems,Total derivative and chain rule.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 7

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT-III:Differential Calculus-III and Differential Equations [14hrs]
Jacobians-definition and problems (only find Jand*reference- one example on =1). Taylor‘s
nd
Expansion of function of two variables(only problems- up to 2 order).Maxima and Minima for a
function of two variables (simple problems).Exact equation and reducible to exact form( 1. Close to
expression M or N and find IF, 2. y f(x) dx+x g(y) dy)

UNIT-IV: Integral Calculus [14hrs]

Reduction formulae for the integrals of , , and evaluation of these integrals
with standard limits(direct result) - Problems.
Multiple Integrals – Double integrals, change of order of integration (simple problems), and triple
integrals. Beta and Gamma functions (definition),(properties and duplication formula -without proof),
Relation between beta and gamma function and simple problems.

Text books:
1. B.S. Grewal, ―Higher Engineering Mathematics‖, Khanna Publishers, 43nd edition, 2015.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Wiley Publications, 9th edition,
2013.
Reference Books:
1. B.V. Ramana, ―Higher Engineering Mathematics‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 19th
Reprint edition, 2013.
2. R.K.Jain and S.R.K.Iyengar, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Narosa Publishing
House, 4th edition, 2016.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 8

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

BTEC16F1200 Engineering Chemistry 16 HC 2 1 0 3 4

Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: I &II PU Chemistry Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
Engineering chemistry covers the very basic knowledge required for engineering students to
understand its importance in technology. All the branches directly or indirectly deal with the principles
of chemistry, for example;
1. Cell and Batteries deals with basic principles, types of electrodes and their importance in some
applications and materials required for designing and proper functioning of batteries.
2. Corrosion and metal finishing, explains why and how materials corrode and its prevention. It
also covers the importance of metal finishing in various industries and fabrication of PCB
3. Polymers are all about the properties of various polymeric materials and their commercial
significance. The chapter reveals about technical and commercial importance of composite
materials.

Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course; the student shall be able to:
1. The importance of electrodes and materials in designing a battery
2. Corrosion phenomenon and precautions to be taken in the selection of materials in controlling
corrosion
3. Fabrication of PCB, an important component for electronic industries
4. Properties of polymers and their applications in various field, also that of composite materials
in sports, aviation etc.,

Course Contents:

UNIT - 1 [11 hrs]

Cells and Batteries : Introduction to electrochemistry, Basic concepts, Battery characteristics –
primary, secondary and reserve batteries, Super capacitors, Lithium batteries.Fuel cells-Difference
between battery and fuel cell, types of fuel cells- construction working, applications, advantages&
limitations of Solid oxide fuel cells and phosphoric acid fuel cell.Photovoltaic cell-Production of
single crystal semiconductor by Crystal pulling technique (Czocharlski method), zone refining of si,
antireflective coatings, Construction and working of photovoltaic cells and its applications and
advantages using elemental si and semiconductors.

UNIT - 2 [10hrs]
Corrosion & its control& metal finishing: Introduction to Electrochemical theory of corrosion,
Galvanic series Types of Corrosion- Differential metal corrosion Differential aeration
corrosion(Pitting & water line),Stress corrosion (Caustic embrittlement), and Grain boundary
corrosion, Factors affecting rate of corrosion-Primary, secondary, pilling bed worth role, Energy
concept (Pourbiax) under different pH conditions. Corrosion Studies on Al, Fe with phase diagram

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 9

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Corrosion control: Inorganic coating -Anodizing & Phosphating, metal coating- galivanzing& tinning,
cathodic protection, Anodic Protection. Role of secondary reference electrode in corrosion studies
(calomel ,Ag/AgCl)
Metal Finishing-Technological importance, significances of polarization. Decomposition potential &
overvoltage in electroplating, theory of electroplating. Effect of plating variables on the nature of
electrodeposit- electroplating process, Electroplating of gold, Introduction to Electro less plating-Cu.

UNIT - 3 [11 hrs]

Introduction to Nano science and Nanotechnology: Introduction to Nanomaterials, Properties –
optical, electrical, magnetic and thermal .Chemical synthesis of Nanomaterials – sol gel (MOx NPs),
phase transfer method (Au NPs). Carbon Nanomaterials-Fullerenes, graphene, CNT. Applications of
nano materials- nano catalysis, nano-electronics, energy conversion materials (in batteries, solar cells),
nano sensors.Introduction to electromagnetic spectrum-material analysis, Instrumentation-principle,
working and applications of UV-Visible, XRD, SEM.

UNIT - 4 [10 hrs]

Polymers: Introduction, Types of polymerization-Addition and Condensation, Ziegler‘s Natta
catalyst, molecular weight determination by viscosity method, glass transition temperature, Structure
and Property relationship. Synthesis &Applications of -Bakelite, ABS, Nylon6,6, PMMA.
Adhesives-Synthesis and applications of epoxy resins, Polymer composites- Synthesis and
applications of Kevlar and Carbon fibers, Conducting polymers-Definition, Mechanism of conduction
in polyacetylene , Synthesis & applications of conducting Polyaniline, Polymer liquid crystals,
Biopolymers, Polymer membranes-ion exchange & ionic conductivity.

Recommended Learning Resources

1. Engineering chemistry by R.V. Gadag and Nithyanandashetty, IkInteranationalPudlishing house
2. Engineering chemistry by R.Venugopal, Pushpaiyengar, B.S. Jayaprakash and Shivakumariah
Subhash Publications
3. Polymer chemistry by V.R. Gowrikar, N.N. Vishwanathan and J. Sreedhar by Wiley eastern ltd.
4. Corrosion engineering by M.G. Fontana, Tata Mcgrahill Publishing pvt. Ltd
5. Introduction to Nanotechnology by Charles P. Poole Jr., Frank J. Owens Wiley India Publishers.
6. Theory and practice in applied chemistry by O.P. Vermani and Narulla, New age international
publications

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 10

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

BTEC16F1300 Basic Electronics Engineering 16 HC 2 1 0 3 4

Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Basic Physics Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. To familiarize with the number systems, Boolean algebra and digital circuit design.
2. To understand the diode characteristics and its applications.
3. To learn the working principles of various electronic circuits.
4. To understand the transistor characteristics and its applications.
5. To compare the different biasing methods of transistors.
6. To understand the working of amplifiers and communication systems.
7. To understand the power electronic devices.

Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course the student will be able to:
1. Design the digital circuits using various logic gates.
2. Analyze various diode circuits.
3. Work on various application based on electronic instruments.
4. Design of amplifier circuit based on BJT.
5. Demonstrate the working of amplifiers and the oscillators.
6. Analyze the various communication techniques.
7. Design Zener voltage regulator.

Course Contents:

Unit 1: Digital Electronics and Number Systems [11hrs]

Digital Electronics: Introduction, Switching and Logic Levels, Digital Waveform. Number Systems:
Decimal Number System, Binary Number System, Octal Number System, Hexadecimal Number
System.
Number base conversions: Binary to Decimal, Decimal to Binary, Binary to Octal, Octal to Binary,
Binary to Hexadecimal, Hexadecimal to Binary, Decimal to Octal, Octal to Decimal, Decimal to
Hexadecimal, Hexadecimal to Decimal, Octal to Hexadecimal, Hexadecimal to octal. Complement of
Binary Numbers. Binary addition, binary subtraction. Boolean Algebra Theorems, De Morgan‘s
theorem. Digital Circuits: Logic gates, NOT Gate, AND Gate, OR Gate, NAND Gate, NOR Gate,
XOR Gate, XNOR Gate. Algebraic Simplification, NAND and NOR Implementation NAND
Implementation, NOR Implementation. Half adder and Full adder Implementations.

Unit 2: Semiconductor Diodes and Applications [11hrs]

p-n junction diode, Characteristics and Parameters, Diode approximations, DC load line analysis,
Half-wave rectifier, Two-diode Full-wave rectifier, Bridge rectifier, Capacitor filter circuit, Zener
diode voltage regulators: Regulator circuit with no load, Loaded Regulator. Numerical examples as
applicable.
Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 11
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Unit 3: Bipolar junction Transistors [12hrs]

BJT configuration: BJT Operation, BJT voltages and currents, BJT amplification, Common Base,
Common Emitter and Common Collector Characteristics, Numerical examples as applicable.
BJT Biasing: DC load line and Bias Point, Base Bias, Voltage divider Bias, Numerical examples as
applicable.

Unit 4: Electronic Devices and Applications [8hrs]

SCR, controlled rectifier-full bridge type. Oscillators and applications. OPAMP-summer, subtractor,
integrator and differentiator, and typical applications in measurements.
Communication system, embedded system, cellular communication, satellite communication, remote
sensing. (Block diagram approach).

Text Books :
1. David A. Bell, ―Electronic Devices and Circuits‖, Oxford University Press, 5th Edition, 2008.
2. D.P. Kothari, I. J. Nagrath, ―Basic Electronics‖, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited,
2014.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 12

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

Computer Concepts and C

BTCC16F1400 16 HC 2 1 0 3 4
Programming

Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Nil Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to:
1. Introduce the fundamentals of computer System;
2. Provide an understanding of problem solving with computers;
3. Introduce C programming language;
4. Provide a familiarization with the Unix programming environment;
5. Introduce problem solving through authoring and executing C programs.

Course Outcomes:
A student who successfully completes the course will have the ability to:
1. Use the basic terminology of computer programming;
2. Explain the different Unix commands, their usage and their syntax;
3. Write, compile and debug programs in C language;
4. Use different data types and operators in a computer program;
5. Design programs involving decision structures, loops and functions;
6. Use procedure calls by value and by reference;
7. Use arrays in applications like sorting and searching;
8. Handling strings;
9. Apply the C language knowledge to solve variety of problems.

Course Contents:
UNIT- 1: [12hrs]
Introduction to Computer System: Definition of Computer, Structure of a computer, Basics of
computer hardware and computer software, Types and Functions of operating system. Algorithms and
Flow charts.
Getting started with UNIX: Introduction to Unix Operating System, Introduction to Basic Command
Format, Using the VI text editor, Basic UNIX commands, Types of computer networks.

UNIT- 2: [11hrs]
Fundamentals of Problem Solving and Introduction to C Language: Introduction to C Language –
Structure of a C Program, Data type, Variables, Constants, Input / Output, Tips and common
programming errors.
Operators: Types of Operators, Expressions and Statements.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 13

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Branching constructs: Conditional Branching- if, if-else, else-if ladder, nested if, switch.
Unconditional- goto, break, continue, return.

UNIT- 3: [11hrs]
Looping constructs: for, while, do- while, nested-for, Advantages of Looping.
Arrays: One Dimensional and Two Dimensional Arrays; Searching Techniques, Sorting-bubble sort;

UNIT 4: [8hrs]
Functions: Inbuilt and User defined Functions, Parameter Passing mechanisms, Call by value and Call
by address;
Strings: String Operations with and without using inbuilt String Functions;
Pointers: Introduction to Pointers.

Recommended Learning Resources:

1. Herbert Schildt, C: The Complete Reference, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Kernighan, Dennis Ritchie, The C Programming Language ,2nd edition, Englewood Cliffs,
NJ: Prentice Hall, 1988
3. Sumitabha Das, UNIX Concepts and Applications, 4th Edition; Tata McGraw Hill
4. B.S. Anami, S.A. Angadi and S. S. Manvi, Computer Concepts and C Programming: A Holistic
Approach, PHI, Second Edition, 2008.
5. E. Balaguruswamy, Programming in ANSI C, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 14

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

BTES16F1500 Environmental Sciences 16 FC 1 1 0 2 3

Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Basic Chemistry Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to:
1. Gain knowledge on the components of environment and importance of environmental studies.
2. Understand the various types of energy and natural resources.
3. Acquire knowledge with respect to biodiversity, its threats and its conservation and appreciate
the concept of ecosystem.
4. Get knowledge about environmental pollution-sources, effects and control measures of
environmental pollution.
5. Explore ways for protecting the environment.

Course Outcomes:

On successful completion of this course; the student shall be able to:

1. Analyze the environmental conditions and protect it.
2. Find new renewable energy resources.
3. Analyze the ecological imbalances and protect it.
4. List the causes of environmental pollution.
5. Design pollution controlled products.

Course Contents:

UNIT - 1 [7 Hrs]
Introduction: Basic definitions, Objectives and Guiding principles of Environmental Studies,
Components of Environment, Structures of atmosphere, Man-Environment relationship, Impact of
Technology on the environment, sustainable environment, Environmental Protection - Role of
Government, Initiatives by Non - Governmental Organizations (NGO).

UNIT - 2 [8 Hrs]
Energy & Natural Resources: Energy - Different types of energy, Electro-magnetic radiation.
Conventional and Non-Conventional sources - Hydro Electric, Fossil fuel based, Nuclear, Solar,
Biomass and Bio-gas. Hydrogen as an alternative future source of Energy, Natural Resources- Water
resources, Mineral Resources, Forest Wealth.

UNIT - 3 [6 Hrs]
Ecology & Ecosystems: Ecology- Objectives and Classification, Concept of an ecosystem - structure
& function, Balanced ecosystem, Components of ecosystem - Producers, Consumers, Decomposers,

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 15

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Bio-Geo- Chemical Cycles & its Environmental significance (Carbon Cycle and Nitrogen Cycle),
Energy Flow in Ecosystem, Food Chains: Types & Food webs Ecological Pyramids.

UNIT - 4 [7 Hrs]
Environmental Pollution: Introduction, Types, Concepts -Air Pollution, Water Pollution& Noise
Pollution. Environmental Degradation- Global Warming, Green Houses Effects, Acid Rain, and
Depletion of Ozone Layer.

Recommended Learning Resources

1. Benny Joseph (2005), ―Environmental Studies‖, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company
Limited
2. Meenakshi P. (2006), ―Elements of Environmental Science and Engineering‖, Prentice Hall of
India Private Limited, New Delhi
3. Rajagopalan R. (2005), ―Environmental Studies – From Crisis to Cure‖, Oxford University
Press

Reference Books:
1. Raman Sivakumar, (2005), ―Principles of Environmental Science and
Engineering‖, Second Edition, Cengage learning, Singapore
2. Ranjit Daniels R.J. and JagdishKirshnaswamy, (2009), ―Environmental Studies‖,
Wiley India Private Ltd., New Delhi
3. Prakash S.M. (2007), ―Environmental Studies‖, Elite Publishers, Mangalore
4. ErachBharucha (2005), ―Text Book of Environmental Studies‖, for UGC,
University Press
5. Tyler Miller Jr. G. (2006), ―Environmental Science – Working with the Earth‖,
Eleventh Edition, Thomson Brooks/Cole

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 16

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

BTTE17F1600 Technical English-I 16 FC 0 0 2 2 4

Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Prerequisites: Basic English Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Outline:
This is a four-credit course for two semesters consisting of 4 hours of teaching learning per week,
inclusive of direct classroom teaching and practice in language lab.

Course Objectives:
1. To enable learners of Engineering and Technology develop their basic communication skills in
English.
2. To emphasize specially the development of speaking skills amongst learners of Engineering and
Technology.
3. To ensure that learners use the electronic media such as internet and supplement the learning
materials used in the classroom.
4. To inculcate the habit of reading and writing leading to effective and efficient communication.

Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, learners will be able to:
1. listen/view and comprehend different spoken discourses/excerpts in different accents.
2. speak clearly, confidently, comprehensibly, and communicate with one or many listeners using
appropriate communicative strategies.
3. read different genres of texts adopting various reading strategies.
4. write cohesively and coherently and flawlessly avoiding grammatical errors, using a wide
vocabulary range, organizing their ideas logically on a topic.

Course Contents:
UNIT - 1 [16 hrs]
Communicative Skills & Functional English: Basics of Communication, Verbal & Non-verbal
Communication, Barriers to Effective Communication, Strategies of Effective Communication,
Tenses, Conditional Sentences, Auxiliaries (Modal & Primary).

UNIT - 2 [16 hrs]

Listening & Reading Skills: . Definitions (Listening & Reading), Types of Listening, Barriers to
Effective Listening, Traits of a Good Listener, Types of Reading, Techniques of Effective Reading,
Reading Tasks (Critical & Inferential).

UNIT - 3 [16 hrs]

Academic Writing – I: Paragraphs, Notice/ Agenda/ Minutes, Note Taking/ Note Making
Summarizing, Project Reports.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 17

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

UNIT - 4 [16 hrs]

ICT/ Digital/ E-Skills: Computer Assisted Language Learning (CALL), Mobile Assisted Language
Learning (MALL), Emails, Blogs, Digital/ E-Portfolio, Filling Online Application Forms

1. Murphy,Raymond.(1998), Intermediate English Grammar,New York

2. Wren &Martin (2001),English Grammar & Composition, New York
3. Mudambadithaya G.S.,(2002) English Grammar and composition
4. Digne, Flinders and Sweeney(2010) Cambridge University press
5. Lupton, Mary Jane (1998). Maya Angelou: A Critical Companion. Westport, Connecticut:
Greenwood Press. ISBN 978-0-313-303225.
6. Booher, Diana. (2004),Booher’s Rules of Business Grammar, OUPUr, Penny .(2002),Grammar
Practice Activities, OUP
7. Wren &Martin (2001),English Grammar & Composition, New York
8. Joan Van Emden and Lucinda Becker Palgrave. Effective Communication for Arts and
Humanities Students. Macmillan.Glendinning, Eric H. and Beverly Holmstrom (2008), Study
Reading: A Course in Reading Skills for Academic Purposes, New Delhi: CUP.Langan, John (1996).
College Writing Skills. McGraw Hills

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 18

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

Computer Aided
BTED16F1700 16 HC 2 0 2 4 6
Engineering Drawing

Prerequisites: Basic Knowledge on Final

Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
geometry and their construction Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1 Comprehend general projection theory, with emphasis on orthographic projection to represent

in two-dimensional views (principal, auxiliary, sections).
2 Dimension and annotate two-dimensional engineering drawings.
3 Understand the application of industry standards and best practices applied in engineering
graphics.
4 Emphasize freehand sketching to aid in the visualization process and to efficiently
communicate ideas graphically.
5 Introduction of CAD software for the creation of 2D engineering drawings.
6 The theoretical concepts delivered in this course would help the students to understand the sign
considerations and tolerances to be used in the design and manufacture of engineering
components.
7 This course will be very much basics for students to learn and wisely apply for the advanced
Computer Aided Engineering (CAE) tools such as ABAQUS, ANSYS etc.

Course Outcomes:

On successful completion of this course; the student shall be able to:

1. Be industry ready and able to develop independent thinking and problem solving capabilities
2. Be able to express component descriptions as per the commonly practiced standards
3. Be able to produce 2D and simple 3D drawings
4. Be able to comprehend industry specific drawings
5. Be able to converse through computer aided drawing any Objects/tools/instruments /elements/
structures belonging to the entire engineering field
6. Be able to produce simple clear and illustrative drawings as per existing
standards/conversations.

Course Contents:

UNIT - 1 [18Hrs]
Introduction to Drawing: Introduction to Engineering Drawing: Introduction, Drawing Instruments
and their uses, BIS conventions, Drawing sheets, Dimensioning, , regular polygons and their
construction.

Introduction to Software (solid edge): Computer screen, layout of the software, standard tool
bar/menus and description of most commonly used tool bars, navigational tools Creation of 2D/3D

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 19

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
environment. Selection of drawing size and scale. Commands and creation of Lines, Co-ordinate
points, axes, poly-lines, square, rectangle, polygons, splines, circles, ellipse, text, move, copy, off-set,
mirror, rotate, trim, extend to next ,split, chamfer, fillet, curves, constraints viz. tangency, parallelism,
inclination and perpendicularity. Dimensioning, line conventions, material conventions and lettering.

Orthographic Projection: Projection – Orthographic Projection – Planes of Projection – Four

quadrants – First-angle projection – Third-angle projection – Reference line – Conventions employed.
Projection of points: Points in different quadrants.
Projection of Straight Lines (First-angle Projection only): Parallel to one or both planes –
Perpendicular to one plane and parallel to other plane – Inclined to one plane and parallel to the other
– Inclined to both planes.
Projection of Planes: Types of Planes, Projection of Planes - Parallel to one Plane and perpendicular
to other planes – perpendicular to one and inclines to other – Inclined to both the planes.

UNIT - 2 [18 Hrs]

Projection of Solids: Polyhedron (Cube – Tetrahedron - Prisms and Pyramids) – Solids of revolution
( Cone and Cylinder) – Solids in simple position – Axis perpendicular to a plane – Axis parallel to
both planes – Axis parallel to one plane and inclined to the other – Axis inclined to both plane (only
change of position method).

UNIT - 3 [17Hrs]
Sections of Solids: Section Planes – Sections – True Shape of Section – Sections of Prisms –
Sections of Pyramids – Sections of Cylinders – Section of Cones.
Developments of Lateral Surfaces of Solids - Polyhedra (Cube – Tetrahedron - Prisms and
Pyramids) – Solids of revolution (Cone and Cylinder) and their Frustums.

UNIT - 4 [17Hrs]
Isometric Projection : Isometric axes - Lines and Planes – Isometric Scale – Isometric Projection of
Planes – Prisms – Pyramids – Cylinders – Cones – Spheres - Hemi-Spheres - frustums - Combination
of Solids (Maximum Three).

Recommended Learning Resources

Text Books:
1. Engineering Drawing – N.D.Bhatt and V.M. Panchal, 48th Edition, 2005 – Charotar Publishing
House, Gujarat.
2 Engineering Graphics - K.R. Gopalakrishna, 32nd Edition, 2005 – Subhas Publishers, Bangalore

Reference Books:
1. Engineering Drawing – P. S. Gill, 11th Edition, 2001 – S. K. Kataria& Sons, Delhi.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 20

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

BTCL16F1800 Engineering Chemistry Lab 16 HC 0 0 2 2 3

Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Prerequisites: Basic Chemistry Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30

Course Objectives:
To provide students with practical knowledge of quantitative analysis of materials by classical and
instrumental methods for developing experimental skills in building technical competence

Course Outcomes:

On successful completion of this course; the student shall be able to:

1. Handle different types of instruments for analysis of materials for better accuracy and precision
2. Carryout different types of titrations for quantitative estimations of materials.

Course Contents:

LAB EXERCISES
1. Potentiometric estimation of FAS using standard K2Cr2O7
2. Conductometric estimation of an acid mixture using standard NaOH solution
3. Determination of pKa of a weak acid using pH meter
4. Determination of molecular weight of given polymer sample using ostmail‘s Viscometer
5. Colorimetric estimation of copper
6. Determination of COD of the given industrial waste water sample
7. Determination of total and temporary hardness of water using disodium salt of EDTA
8. Estimation of alkalinity of given water sample using standard HCl solution.
9. Determination of Iron in the given hematite ore solution using potassium dichromate
10. Determination of calcium oxide in the given sample of cement by rapid EDTA method
11. Flame photometric estimation of sodium in the given sample of water
12. Electroplating of copper and nickel

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 21

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duratio
Course Hrs./
Course Code Course Title n L T P C
Type Wk.
(Weeks)

BTCP16F1900 Computer Programming Lab 16 HC 0 0 2 2 3

Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Prerequisites: Computer concepts Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30

Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to:
1. Introduce the Basic Principles of Problem Solving using a Computer;
2. Present and Provide the Programming Constructs of ‗C‘ Programming Language;
3. Provide the skills required to Design, Demonstrate and Implement Computable Problems /
Mini-projects / Projects using ‗C‘ Programming Language;
4. Provide the Arena for Development of Analytical, Reasoning and Programming Skills;
5. Set the Strong Foundation for Software Development in the field of Programming and hence to
Create high quality ‗C‘ Professionals.
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course; the student shall be able to:
1. Understand the Basic Principles of Problem Solving;
2. Study, understand and identify the Representation of Numbers, Alphabets and other Characters
in the memory of Computer System;
3. Understand Analyze, Integrate, Apply and Demonstrate Software Development Tools; like
Algorithms, Pseudo Codes and Programming Structures;
4. Study, Understand, Analyze and Categorize the logical structure of a Computer Program, and
hence to Apply different programming constructs to develop a Computer Program using ‗C‘
Programming Language;
5. Offer Engineering Solutions to simple (moderate) mathematical and logical problems using ‗C‘
Programming Language;
6. Study, Understand, Analyze, Integrate, Classify, Compare and Apply simple Data Structures,
Pointers, Memory Allocation and Data Handling through files using ‗C‘ Programming
Language;
7. Understand and identify the working of different Operating Systems; like Windows and Linux;
8. Enhance their Analytical, Reasoning and Programming Skills;

Lab Experiments:
1 a) Program to print the name, college name, Address of a student.
b) A company for aadhar card want‘s to collect its employees information. Write a program to
take input of employee name and age.
2 Program to read and print the size of variables of different data type.
3 Arithmetic operations are widely used in many programs. Write a program to perform addition,
subtraction, multiplication, modulo division, and division operations.
4 A person has deposited some amount in bank. Write a program to calculate simple interest and
compound interest on amount for a period.
5 In Delhi, four wheelers run on the basis of even or odd number. Write a program to identify
whether vehicle registration number is even or odd.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 22

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
6 People frequently need to calculate the area of things like rooms, boxes or plots of land where
quadratic equation can be used. Write a program to find the coefficients of a quadratic equation
and compute its roots.
7 Consider the age of 3 persons in a family, Write a program to identify the eldest person among
three of them.
8 Consider student‘s marks in Computer Test. Write a Program display the grade obtain by student
in Computer Test based on range.
9 Calculator allows you to easily handle all the calculations necessary for everyday life with a single
application. Write a program to design a basic calculator that performs the basic operations and
you want to give choice to user to perform
Addition of two numbers, Subtraction of two numbers
Multiplication of two numbers, Division of two numbers, Wrong choice
10 In a stock market at the end of the day we do the summation of all the transactions.
1. Write a program to display numbers (transactions) from1 to n.
2. Write a program to find the sum of n natural numbers.
11 Read your ATM Pin Number. Write a program to identify your Pin Number is palindrome or not.
12 Read your Landline Number. Write a program to print the reverse of it and also find sum of digits
of your Landline Number.
13 Create a Contact list of n friends, Write a program to read and print the Phone number of your
friend‘s.
14 In computer based applications, matrices play a vital role in the projection of three dimensional
image into a two dimensional screen, creating the realistic seeming motions. Write a program to
perform matrix Multiplication and check compatibility of matrix.
15 You have joined a startup company of N employees; Write a program is to sort all employee id.
16 A student has taken 10 books from the library. Every time he take‘s the book, Librarian read‘s its
ISBN Number. Write a program to identify whether book is issued to him or not based on ISBN
Number.
17 Suppose students have registered for workshop, and their record is maintained in ascending order
based on student id. Write a program to find whether a particular Student has registered for that
particular workshop or not.
18 In a CCP test you scored less marks compared to your friend, Write a program to swap your marks
with your friend.
19 In a memory game, you first enter a string wait for a time and again enter second string, Write a
program to check both sting were same or not.
20 Read your first and last name in two different strings; Write a program to combine these two
strings into third string.
21 Assume a person has entered a Password ,Write a program so that he can know the length of his
password,
22 Read a meaningful word in English, Write a program to identify the word when inversed yields
the same or not.

Recommended Learning Resources:

1. Herbert Schildt, C: The Complete Reference, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Sumitabha Das, UNIX Concepts and Applications, 4th Edition; Tata McGraw Hill
3. ReemaThareja, Computer fundamentals and programming in C.
4. Kernighan, Dennis Ritchie, The C Programming Language ,2nd edition, Englewood Cliffs,
NJ: Prentice
Hall, 1988
5 .http://c-faq.com/index.html
1. Paul Deitel, C How to Program, 7th Edition, Deitel How to Series.
2. B.S. Anami, S.A. Angadi and S. S. Manvi, Computer Concepts and C Programming: A Holistic
Approach, PHI, Second Edition, 2008.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 23

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

SECOND SEMESTER:

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

BTEM16F2100 Engineering Mathematics – II 16 HC 3 1 0 4 5

Prerequisites: Knowledge of basics of Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
derivatives, vectors, complex numbers Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To understand the concepts of Linear algebra and its applications in various fields of
engineering and Technology.
2. To understand the concepts of Integral calculus and its applications.
3. To familiarize with partial differential equations, and its applications to standard problems like
Heat, Wave and Laplace.
4. To impart the Knowledge of Laplace transforms and its applications in the field of engineering.

Course Outcomes:

After the completion of the course the student will be able to:
1. Apply the knowledge of Linear Algebra in Image processing and digital signal processing.
2. Apply analytical techniques to compute solutions of first and higher order ordinary differential
equations.
3. Apply the knowledge of partial differential equations in the field of signals and systems,
control systems, magnetic wave theory.
4. Apply the knowledge of Laplace transformation from the time domain to the frequency domain,
which transforms differential equations into algebraic equations and convolution into
multiplication.
5. Find tangential and normal component of a vector, identify solenoidal and irrotational vectors,
solve problems using vectr identities.
6. Exibit the interdependence of line, surface and volume integrals using integral theorems

Course Contents:

UNIT-I: Linear Algebra [14hrs]

Rank of matrix, Echelon form, (*reference-Normal form: one example), Solution of a system of linear
equations by Gauss elimination (*reference-Gauss –Jordan methods: one example), Gauss seidel
iterative method, Rayleigh Power method to find the largest eigen value and corresponding eigen
vector.LU decomposition, Linear and Inverse transformation. Diagosnalisation of a matrix, Reduction
of a quadratic form to canonical form by orthogonal transformation.

UNIT-II:Differential Equations: [14hrs]

Linear Differential Equations: Definitions, Complete solution, Operator D, Rules for finding the
complementary function, Inverse operator, Rules for finding the particular integral.
Method of variation of parameters(simple problems), Cauchy‘s and Legendre‘s linear differential
equations.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 24

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Partial differential equation: Formation of Partial differential equations, Solution of Lagranges linear
PDE.

UNIT-III: Vector Calculus [14hrs]

Curves in space, tangents and normal,Velocity and acceleration related problems, scalar and vector
point functions-Gradient, Divergence and curl, directional derivatives.Solenoidal and irrotational
vector fields.Vector identities-div( ), curl( ), curl(grad ), div(curl A).
Line integral-Circulation-work,Surface integral: Green‘s Theorem, Stokes Theorem.
Volume integral: Divergence theorem.(all theorems without proof, no verification, only evaluation).

UNIT-IV: Laplace Transforms: [14 hrs]

Definition, Transforms of elementary functions, properties of Laplace Transforms(without
proof)problems.Transforms of periodic functions (only statement and problems), Unit step functions
and unit impulse functions.
Inverse Laplace transforms- Problems, convolution theorem(without proof)- verification and
problems, solution of linear differential equation using Laplace transforms.

Text books:
1 B.S. Grewal, ―Higher Engineering Mathematics‖, Khanna Publishers, 43nd edition, 2015.
2 Erwin Kreyszig, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Wiley Publications, 9th edition,
2013.
Reference Books:
1 B.V. Ramana, ―Higher Engineering Mathematics‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 19th
Reprint edition, 2013.
2 R.K.Jain and S.R.K.Iyengar, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Narosa Publishing
House, 4th edition, 2014.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 25

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

BTEP16F2200 Engineering Physics 16 HC 2 1 0 3 4

Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: I/II PU Physics Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to:
1. To provide the students the fundamentals of Physics and make their basic foundation in
engineering education very strong.
2. To expose the students of different branches of engineering with a theoretical and practical
knowledge of Engineering Physics
3. To prepare students and make them ready to take up higher semester core engineering subjects
by giving them strong physics background.
4. Students should be getting knowledge of different physical systems, basic quantum mechanics
and materials science etc.

Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course; the student shall be able to:
1. Apply knowledge of physics to different systems and analyze different problems.
2. Understand the need of quantum mechanics and its importance and applications
3. Get the knowledge to explain electrical conductivity of materials.
4. Get exposed to recent trends in nanoscience and technology.
5. Understand and demonstrate different applications of lasers, optical fibers, superconductors
etc.

Course Contents:
UNIT - 1 [11hrs]
Wave mechanics: Introduction to Wave mechanics, Wave particle dualism. de-Broglie hypothesis,
Matter waves and their characteristic properties. Expression for de-Broglie wavelength of an electron
in terms of accelerating potential. Phase velocity and group velocity, Relation between phase velocity
and group velocity. Relation between group velocity and particle velocity, Expression for de-Broglie
wavelength using the concept of group velocity. Heisenberg‘s uncertainty principle ,its significance
and its applications(non existence of electron inside the nucleus) . Wave function, properties of wave
function and physical significance. Probability density and Normalization of wave function,
Schrodinger time- dependent and independent wave equation, Eigen values and Eigen functions.
Applications of Schrödinger wave equation – energy Eigen values of a free particle, Particle in one
dimensional infinite potential well. Numerical.

UNIT - 2: [10 hrs]

Lasers and optical fibers: Lasers Interaction between radiation and matter (induced absorption,
spontaneous and stimulated emission). Expression for energy density at thermal equilibrium in terms
of Einstein‘s coefficients. Characteristics of laser light, Conditions for laser operation (population

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 26

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
inversion and Meta stable state). Requisites of laser system, Construction and working of Carbon
Dioxide (CO2) laser &semiconductor laser. Applications: Holography (recording and reconstruction
of images) and its applications, Numerical.
Optical fibers: Construction and light propagation mechanism in optical fibers (total internal
reflection and its importance), Acceptance angle, Numerical Aperture (NA), Expression for numerical
aperture in terms of core and cladding refractive indices, Condition for wave propagation in optical
fiber, V-number and Modes of propagation, Types of optical fibers, Attenuation and reasons for
attenuation, Applications: Explanation of optical fiber communication using block diagram, Optical
source (LED) and detector (Photodiode). Advantages and limitations of optical communications,
Numerical.

UNIT - 3: [11hrs]
Electrical properties of conductors and superconductors: Electrical Conductivity in Metals,
Drude Lorentz classical free electron theory, drift velocity, mean free path, mean collision time and
relaxation time. Expression for electrical conductivity in metals, Effect of impurity and temperature on
electrical resistivity in metals, Failures of classical free electron theory. Quantum free electron theory,
Fermi-Dirac statistics, Fermi level, Fermi energy and Fermi factor, Variation of Fermi factor with
energy and temperature, Density of states (qualitative explanation), effective mass, Merits of Quantum
free electron theory, Numericals.
Superconductors: Temperature dependence of resistivity in superconductors, variation of critical
field with temperature,Properties of superconductors (Isotope effect, Meissner effect, Silsbee effect),
Types of superconductors, BCS theory, Applications of super conductors, Maglev vehicle and
superconducting magnet.

UNIT - 4: [10 hrs]

Ultrasonics, Dielectric and Nanomaterials: Ultrasonics: Production of ultrasonics by piezoelectric
method, Measurement of velocity of ultrasonics in solid and liquid, Non-destructive testing of
materials using ultrasonics.
Dielectric materials: Electric dipole and dipole moment, electric polarization (P), dielectric
susceptibility (χ,), dielectric constant, relation between χ and P, Electrical polarization mechanisms
(electronic, ionic, orientational, space charge polarization), Expression for internal field in one-
dimensional solid dielectrics, Ferro, Piezo and Pyro electric materials – their properties and
applications, Numericals.
Nanomaterials: Introduction to nanoscience, nanomaterials and their applications, Synthesis of nano
materials using bottom-up method (arc method), top-down methods (ball milling method), Carbon
Nanotubes: properties and applications.

Recommended Learning Resources

Text books:
1. Engineering Physics, R.K Gaur and S.L. Gupta, Dhanpat Rai Publications(P) Ltd, New Delhi.
2. A text book of Engineering Physics, M.N. Avadhanulu and P.G. Kshirsagar, S. Chand and
Company, New Delhi.
3. Solid State Physics, S.O. Pillai, New Age International publishers, New Delhi.
Reference Books:
1. Laser Fundamentals, William T. Silfvast, 2ndEdition, Cambridge University press, New York(2004).
2. Fundamentals of Physics, 6th Edition, D. Halliday, R. Resnick and J. Walker, John Wiley and
Sons, New York (2001).
3. Introduction to Solid State Physics,7thEdition Charls Kittel, Wiley, Delhi (2007).
4. Arthur Beiser, Concepts of modern Physics, Tata McGraw Hill publications, New Delhi.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 27

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

BTCV16F2300 Elements of Civil Engineering 16 HC 2 1 0 3 4

Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: I/II PU Physics Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to:
1. To enable students to establish a broad concept of engineering mechanics.
2. To enable students to understand the basics of composition of coplanar forces.
3. To enable students to understand the concept of equilibrium of coplanar forces.
4. To provide an overview of centroid of plane area & Moment of Inertia of plane area.

Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course; the student shall be able to:
1. Describe the moment of force and couples and equivalent force-couple system.
2. Solve numerical problems on composition of coplanar concurrent and non-concurrent force
system and solve numerical problems on equilibrium of coplanar force system.
3. Locate the centroid and moment of inertia of different geometry.

Course Contents:

UNIT - 1: [11hrs]
Introduction to Basic Civil Engineering: Scope of civil engineering, role of civil engineer, branches
of civil engineering (brief discussion 2 to 3 hours only).
Engineering mechanics: Basic idealizations - Particle, Continuum and Rigid body; Force and its
characteristics, types of forces, Classification of force systems; Principle of physical independence of
forces, Principle of superposition of forces, Principle of transmissibility of forces; Newton's laws of
motion, Introduction to SI UNIT - s, Moment of a force, couple, moment of a couple, characteristics
of couple, Equivalent force - couple system, Resolution of forces, composition of forces; Numerical
problems on moment of forces and couples and equivalent force - couple system.

UNIT - 2 [10hrs]
Analysis of Force Systems: Composition of forces - Definition of Resultant, Composition of
coplanar -concurrent force system, Parallelogram Law of forces, Principle of resolved parts,
Numerical problemson composition of coplanar concurrent force systems, Composition of coplanar -
non-concurrent force system, Varignon's principle of moments; Numerical problems on composition
of coplanar concurrent force systems.

UNIT - 3 [11hrs]
Equilibrium of coplanar forces: Definition of static equilibrium and Equilibrant, Conditions of static
equilibrium for different coplanar force systems, Lami's theorem, Concept of Free Body Diagram,
Numerical problems on equilibrium of coplanar – concurrent and non concurrent force systems.
Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 28
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

UNIT - 4 [10 hrs]

Centroid and Moment of InertiaCentroid: Introduction to the concept, Centroid of plane figures,
Locating the centroid of triangle, semicircle, quadrant of a circle and sector of a circle using method of
integration, Centroid of composite sections; Numerical problems.
Moment of Inertia: Introduction to the concept, Rectangular and polar moment of inertia, Radius of
gyration, Perpendicular axis theorem and Parallel axis theorem, Moment of Inertia of rectangle, circle,
semi-circle, quarter circle and triangle from method of integration, Moment of inertia of composite
areas, Numerical problems.

Text Books:
1. M. N. Shesha Prakash and Ganesh B. Mogaveer, ―Elements of Civil Engineering and
Engineering Mechanics‖, PHI Learning, 3rd Revised edition
2. A. Nelson, ―Engineering Mechanics-Statics and Dynamics‖, Tata McGrawHill Education
Private Ltd, New Delhi, 2009
3. S. S. Bhavikatti, ―Elements of Civil Engineering‖, New Age InternationalPublisher, New
Delhi, 3rd edition 2009.

Reference Books:
1. S. Timoshenko, D.H. Young and J.V. Rao, ―Engineering Mechanics‖, TATA McGraw-Hill
Book Company, New Delhi
2. Beer FP and Johnston ER, ―Mechanics for Engineers- Dynamics andStatics‖, 3rd SI Metric
edition, Tata McGraw Hill. - 2008
3. Shames IH, ―Engineering Mechanics–Statics & Dynamics‖, PHI–2009.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 29

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

Elements of Mechanical
BTME16F2400 16 HC 2 1 0 3 4
Engineering

Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Nil Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

The objectives of this course are to:

1. To develop the basic knowledge of working of various turbines and IC engines
2. To incorporate the concepts of metal joining process, their applications and power transmission
modes like belt drives, gears and gear trains
3. To understand various mechanical machines and operations.
4. Introduce about lubrication and its importance.
5. To understand basic power transmission concepts.

Course Outcomes:

On successful completion of this course; the student shall be able to:

1. Apply the concepts of working principle of turbines in the power plants and also of the IC
engines in the basic design of the vehicles
2. Have a basic knowledge of metal joining and power transmission and apply them in some basic
requirements
3. Gain the knowledge about machine tools, cutting operations ,belt and gear drive power
transmission.

Course Contents:

UNIT - 1 [11 hrs]

Properties of steam: Introduction, Steam formation, Types of steam. Steam properties, Specific
Volume, Enthalpy and Internal energy, Steam table and simple numerical problems
Steam Generators – classification, Lancashire boiler, Babcock and Wilcox boiler, Boiler mountings,
accessories and applications
Turbines- Introduction to turbines & prime movers, Classification of turbines, Working principle and
applications of impulse and reaction steam turbines, gas turbines (open and closed cycle type) and
water turbines (Pelton wheel, Francis and Kaplan), Compounding of impulse turbine.

UNIT - 2 [10 hrs]

Internal Combustion Engines : Introduction, Classification of IC engines, parts of IC engine,
Working principle of four stroke (petrol and diesel) and two stroke petrol engines, differences between
4 Stroke & 2 Stroke engines and petrol & diesel engines, Numerical problems on power and
efficiencies.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 30

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Refrigeration and Air conditioning- Introduction, Principle of refrigeration, parts of refrigerator,
Principle and working of vapor compression refrigeration and vapor absorption
refrigeration.Refrigerants, Properties of refrigerants, Refrigerating effect, Ton of Refrigeration, COP,
Relative COP, UNIT - of Refrigeration, Principle and applications of Room air conditioners.

UNIT - 3 [11 hrs]

Machine Tools: Introduction, working principle and classification of lathe, drilling and milling
machines, major parts of a lathe and their functions, lathe operations on lathe - Specifications of lathe,
parts of radial drilling machines, drilling operations, parts of horizontal milling machines, milling
operations.
Metal joining processes- Introduction, classification of metal joining processes, method of welding
(Electric Arc welding), soldering and brazing and their differences.

UNIT - 4: [10 hrs]

Lubrication: Necessity, types of lubrications, properties of good lubricant.
Bearings- Classification and application of bearings only.
Power Transmission- Introduction totransmission systems and its classification, types of Belt Drives,
Definitions of Velocity ratio, angle of contact Creep and slip, Idler pulley, stepped pulley, fast & loose
pulley, simple problems.
Gears - Definitions, Spur gear terminology, Types and applications of Gears.
Gear Trains – Simple and compound gear trains, Simple problems on gear trains

Recommended Learning Resources

Text Books:
1. A Text Book of Elements of Mechanical Engineering – K.R. Gopalkrishna, Subhash
Publishers, Bangalore.
2. Elements of Mechanical Engineering – Kestoor Praveen and M.R. Ramesh 2nd Edition 2011,
Suggi Publications

Reference Books:

1 The Elements of Workshop Technology - Vol I & II , SKH Chowdhary, AKH Chowdhary ,
Nirjhar Roy, 11th edition 2001, Media Promotors and Publishers, Mumbai.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 31

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

BTEE16F2500 Basic Electrical Engineering 16 HC 2 1 0 3 4

Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Nil Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

The objectives of this course are to:

1. Concept of various types of generation of electricity.
2. To make students understand the basics of representation of electrical quantities and
relationship among them.
3. To provide an overview of various types of electrical apparatus.
4. To introduce the concept of domestic wiring and importance of safety and sensing devices.
5. To provide an insight into various sources of power generation.

Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course; the student shall be able to:
1. Describe the operation and control of various types of generation of electricity
2. Describe the principle of operation of electrical apparatus
3. Differentiate between single and three phase systems,
4. Solve simple mathematical relationships related to electrical apparatus.
5. Relate the applications of electronic devices and sensors in practical life.

Course Contents:

UNIT - 1 [11hrs]
Introduction to Electrical Parameters: Concept of Alternating Voltage and Current, Sinusoidal
functions-specifications, Phasor representation, concept of impedance, admittance, conductance
and susceptance –series and parallel circuits of RLC. Concept of power and power factor.
Kirchoff‘s laws and network solutions. Electromagnetic induction-laws, direction & magnitude of
indusedemf, mmf, permeability, reluctance and comparison of electric and magnetic circuits. Self
and mutual inductance of a coil, coupling coefficients. Concept of energy storage in L & C,
resonance between L &C. Generation of three phase voltages, star-Wye configurations, relation
between line and phase quantities and expression for power.

UNIT - 2 [10hrs]
Electrical Apparatus:DC generator, DC motor- concept of force, torque and mechanical work. Single
and three phase induction motors, shaded pole motor, universal motor, stepper motor: Basic
construction, principle of operation and applications. Single and three-phase transformers: Principle,
emf equation.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 32

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT - 3 [11hrs]
Generation & Distribution: Block diagram representation of generation, transmission and
distribution.Current generation and transmission scenario, need for transmission at high voltage. Block
diagram representation of thermal, hydel, nuclear, diesel and renewable power plants. Concept of
smart-grid and role of ICT in smart-grid.

UNIT - 4 [10hrs]
Tariff, Protective Devices and Sensors: Tariff schemes, basic concepts of domestic wiring and types,
earthing, protective fuses, MCB. Sensors: pressure sensor, strain gage, proximity sensor, displacement
sensor, rotary encoder and ultrasonic sensors (applications in relevant disciplines- ref to 8 and 9)

Recommended Learning Resources

1. Theodore Wildi,―Electrical Machines, Drives, and Power, 5th Systems‖,Pearson Edition, 2007
2. Hughes, ―Electrical Technology‖, International Students 9th Edition, Pearson, 2005
3. Kulshreshtha C,―Basic Electrical Engineering‖Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2011
4. Mittle V.N. and A. Mittal, ―Basic Electrical Engineering‖ Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2005
5. Kothari D.P., L.J. Nagrath―Basic Electrical Engineering‖,Tata McGraw Hill, 2009
6. Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, ―Introduction to Electricicty, Electronics and
Electromagnetics‖ Prentice Hall, 5th edition, 2001
7. Introduction to smart grid:
http://www.occ.ohio.gov/publications/electric/Smart_Grid_An_Introduction.pdf
8. Role of ICT in smart grid:
http://users.atlantis.ugent.be/cdvelder/papers/2010/develder2010sgc.pdf
9. Sensors: http://www.omron-ap.co.in/technical_guide/
10. Strain gage with bridge circuit:
http://www.facstaff.bucknell.edu/mastascu/elessonshtml/Sensors/StrainGage.htm#SensorsInVoltag
eDividerCircuits

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 33

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

Indian Constitution and

BTIC16F2600 16 FC 1 1 0 2 3
Professional Ethics
Prerequisites: pre-university level Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Constitution of India and Professional Ethics Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to:
1. provide and gain knowledge on Constitution of India
2. Know and understand about the Fundamental Rights, Duties and other Rights which is been
given by our law.
4. Prepare students in the praticality of Constitution perspective and make them face the world as
a bonafide citizen.
5. Attain knowledge about ethics and also know about professional ethics.
6. Explore ethical standards followed by different companies.

Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course; the student shall be able to:
1. Strengthen the knowledge on Indian constitutional law and make the pratical implementation
of it.
2. Understand the fundamental rights and human rights.
3. Get the knowledge to explain the duties and more importantly practise it in a right way.
4. Adopt the habit of raising their voice against a non constitutionality of any laws and upon any
legal discrimination as we have session of debates on Constitutional validity.
5. Get exposed about professional ethics and know about etiquettes about it.
7. Know about ethical standards of different companies which will increase their professional
ability.

Course Contents:

UNIT - 1 Constitution of India [8 hrs]

:Definition,Making of Indian Constitution, Preamble to the Constitution of India, Fundamental Rights
under Part III; Rights to Equality, Right to Freedom, Right against Exploitation, Rights to Freedom of
Religion, Cultural and Educational Rights, Constitutional Remedies. Fundamental Duties of the
Citizen, Significance and Charecteristics.Elements of National Significance; National Flag, National
Anthem, National Emblem.

UNIT- 2 Union and State: [7hrs]

Organs of the Government; Legislature, Executive and Judiciary. Union and State Excecutives:
President, Vice President, Prime Minister, Supreme Court, Cabinet, Governor, Councill of Ministers,
Electoral process, Election Commission. Right to Information (RTI), Consumer and Consumer
Protection.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 34

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT - 3 Ethics: [7hrs]
Meaning, Definition, Evoltion, Need of ethics,Aristotlean Ethics, Utilitarianism, Katianism,
Professional Ethics, Personal Ethics and Business Ethics, Ethical Standards, Duties of Employers and
Employees.

UNIT - 4 Engineering Ethics : [6hrs]

Definition Scope and needs, Ethics in Consumer Protection, Due Care theory, Environmental Ethics,
Ethical Code of Conduct in ethics.Best Ethical Companiesin India and Abroad; Corporate Social
Responsibilities,Code of Conduct and Ethical Excellence.

Recommended Learning Resources

1. M V Pylee, An introduction to Constitution of India

2. M Govindarajan, S Natarajan, V S Senthil Kumar, Engineering

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 35

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

BTTE17F2700 Technical English-II 16 FC 0 0 0 2 4

Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Basic English Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Outline:
This is a four-credit course for two semesters consisting of 4 hours of teaching learning per week,
inclusive of direct classroom teaching and practice in language lab.

Course Objectives:
1. To enable learners of Engineering and Technology develop their basic communication skills in
English.
2. To emphasize specially the development of speaking skills amongst learners of Engineering
and Technology.
3. To ensure that learners use the electronic media such as internet and supplement the learning
materials used in the classroom.
4. To inculcate the habit of reading and writing leading to effective and efficient communication.

Course Ooutcomes:

On completion of the course, learners will be able to:

1. Listen/view and comprehend different spoken discourses/excerpts in different accents.
2. Speak clearly, confidently, comprehensibly, and communicate with one or many listeners using
appropriate communicative strategies.
3. Read different genres of texts adopting various reading strategies.
4. Write cohesively and coherently and flawlessly avoiding grammatical errors, using a wide
vocabulary range, organizing their ideas logically on a topic.

Course Contents:

UNIT - 1 [16 Hrs]

Language in Use: Vocabulary Building, Functional Words, Idioms & Phrasal Verbs, Homonyms &
Homophones

UNIT - 2 [16 Hrs]

Employability Skills: Job Applications. Curriculum Vitae, Group Discussions, Presentation Skills
Role Plays, Interview Skills, Debates

UNIT - 3 [16 Hrs]

Academic Writing – II: Essays, Letters, Dialogues, Proposals.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 36

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

UNIT - 4 [16 Hrs]

Technical Speaking & Reading Skills: Precis (Scientific Passages), Public Speeches, Reading
Manuals, Reading Scientific Reports, Interpreting Visual Materials.

1. Murphy,Raymond.(1998), Intermediate English Grammar,New York

2. Wren &Martin (2001),English Grammar & Composition, New York
3. Mudambadithaya G.S.,(2002) English Grammar and composition
4. Digne, Flinders and Sweeney(2010) Cambridge University press
5. Lupton, Mary Jane (1998). Maya Angelou: A Critical Companion. Westport, Connecticut:
Greenwood Press. ISBN 978-0-313-303225.
6. Booher, Diana. (2004),Booher’s Rules of Business Grammar, OUPUr, Penny .(2002),Grammar
Practice Activities, OUP
7. Wren &Martin (2001),English Grammar & Composition, New York
8. Joan Van Emden and Lucinda Becker Palgrave. Effective Communication for Arts and
Humanities Students. Macmillan.
9. Glendinning, Eric H. and Beverly Holmstrom (2008), Study Reading: A Course in Reading Skills
for Academic Purposes, New Delhi: CUP.Langan, John (1996). College Writing Skills. McGraw
Hills.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 37

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

BTPL16F2800 Engineering Physics Lab 16 FC 0 0 2 2 3

Prerequisites: Physics Final

Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30

Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to:
1. Make the students gain practical knowledge of Physics to co-relate with the theoretical
studies.
2. Provide students with a theoretical and practical knowledge of Physics.
3. Achieve perfectness in experimental Skills and the study of practical applications improve
confidence and ability to develop and fabricate engineering and technical equipments.
4. Provide the idea of basic electronic circuits, optical instruments and will be able to carry out
experiments in optics and verify other important laws of Physics.

Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course; the student shall be able to:
1. Develop skills to apply practical knowledge of Physics in real time solution.
2. To understand and verify different laws of Physics using some simple experiments.
3. To design simple electrical circuits and analyze obtained result.
4. Ability to apply knowledge of basic electronics in making simple circuits using diodes and
transistors and analyze the responses.
5. Ability to use the knowledge acquired for different applications and projects.
Course Contents:
List of Experiments:
1. Determination of wavelength of the given laser using diffraction grating.
2. I-V characteristics of Zener-diode – (determination of knee voltage breakdown voltage and
forward resistance).
3. Determination of Planck‘s constant using LED.
4. Determination of energy gap of a semiconductor.
5. Measurement of dielectric constant by charging and discharging method.
6. I-V characteristics of NPN-Transistor in C-E mode. (Determination of knee voltage input
resistance, output resistance, current gain and current amplification factor breakdown).
7. Photo diode characteristics (I-V characteristics in reverse bias, variation of photocurrent as a
function of intensity and reverse voltage).
8. Determination of Young‘s modulus of the material by single cantilever method/uniform
bending method.
9. Determination of resonant frequency, band width and quality factor of the given LCR series
and parallel resonance circuits.
10. Determination of rigidity modulus of the material and moment of inertia of an irregular body
using Torsional pendulum.
11. Measurement of numerical aperture and attenuation in optical fibers. (Demo Expt.)
12. Determination of electrical resistivity by four probe method. (Demo expt.)
13. Measurement of velocity of ultrasonics in the given liquid-acoustic grating method. (Demo
Expt.)

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 38

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

BTEW16F2900 Workshop Practice 16 HC 0 0 2 2 3

Prerequisites: Mechanical Engineering Final

Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Science Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30

Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to:
1. To train students in metal joining process like welding, soldering etc.
2. To impart skill in fabricating simple components using sheet metal.
3. To cultivate safety aspects in handling of tools and equipment.

Course Outcomes:

On successful completion of this course; the student shall be able to:

1. Welding and soldering operations.
2. Fabrication of simple sheet metal components
3. Make fitting models as per the standards.

Course Contents:

Part-A Fitting
1. Introduction to Fitting tools.
2. Making fitting models (5 Models) by use of filing, cutting, drilling and finishing operations.

Part-B Welding, Sheet Metal work and Soldering

1. Instruction of standards and reading of welding drawings.
2. Making Butt joint, Lap joint, Corner joint.
3 Making of Cube, Prism, Cone, Cylinder, and Funnel using development of lateral surfaces.
4. Soldering of sheet metal models.

Text Books:

Workshop Manual Prepared by REVA University Staff

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 39

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

THIRD SEMESTER

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

Engineering Mathematics – III

BTME16F3100 16 HC 4 0 0 4 4

Prerequisites: Engineering Mathematics Final

Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
I & II Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. Learn to solve algebraic, transcendental equations and finite difference, interpolation and its
application.
2. Learn to solve ordinary differential equations numerically using different methods.
3. Learn the concept of Random variables and probability distributions.
4. Construct the various tests essentially needed for the testing of small samples for the testing of
hyothesis
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of the course the student will be able
1. To understand the basics of numerical methods and their applications.
2. Solve the problems of algebraic, transcendental equation and use a given data for equal and
unequal intervals to find a polynomial function for estimation.
3. Apply Interpolation technique to approximate the value of the integral for the functions.
4. To solve the problems of ordinary differential equations using various methods.
5. Apply the concepts of probability distribution to solve the engineering problems.
6. Use the concepts of sampling to enable a student to take a decision about the hypothesis.
.

Course Contents:
UNIT-I [13 hrs]
Numerical Methods –I:Introduction, solution of algebraic and Transcendental equation , Bisection
method ,Regula false method , Newton Raphson method .
Finite differences and Interpolation :-Forward and Backward differences , Newton‘s forward and
Backward interpolation formulae, Divided differences-Newton‘s divided difference formula,
Lagrange‘s Interpolation formula and Inverse Interpolation formula and Problems.

UNIT -2 [13hrs]
Numerical Methods –II: Numerical Differentiation and Integration:- Derivatives using Newton‘s
forward and backward difference formula.
Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal Rule, Simpson‘s 1/3rd, 3/8th Rule, Weddle‘s formula and
Problems.
Numerical solutions to ODE: First order and first degree,Picards Method , Taylor‘s series method ,
Modified Euler‘s method , Runge-Kutta method of fourth order, Adam‘s-Bashforth Predictor-corrector
method and Problems.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 40

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT-3 [13 hrs]

Introduction of Probability, Probability associated with set theory, addition law, conditional
Probability, multiplication law, Baye‘s Theorem.
Random variables (discrete and continuous), Probability density function, probability distribution –
binomial and Poisson‘s distributions; exponential and normal distributions.
UNIT- 4 [13 hrs]
Sampling theory:-Sampling, Sampling distributions, standard error, test of hypothesis for means and
confidence limits , Student‘s t-distribution and Chi-square distributions.
Joint Probability distribution:-Concept of joint probability, joint distributions –discrete random
variables, independent random variables, problems on expectation and variance.

Recommended Learning Resources

Text books:
1. B.S. Grewal, ―Higher Engineering Mathematics‖, Khanna Publishers, 43nd edition, 2015.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Wiley Publications, 10th edition,
2015.
Reference Books:
1. B.V. Ramana, ―Higher Engineering Mathematics‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 19th
edition, 2013.
2. R.K.Jain and S.R.K.Iyengar, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Narosa Publishing
House, 5th edition, 2014.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 41

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
MATERIAL SCIENCE
BTME16F3200A AND METALLURGY 16 HC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Prerequisites: Engineering Physics and Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Chemistry Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. The main objective of this course is to provide the basic knowledge required to explore the
discipline of materials science and engineering.
2. To develop the knowledge of the structure of materials which includes
crystallography, microstructure, defects, and phase diagrams
3. To give an idea about the heat treatment required for the metals
4. To incorporate the knowledge in various class of materials and their applications

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course the Student will be able to
1. Understand how materials are classified based on atomic arrangement and behavior of materials
in elastic and plastic regions
2. Identify the type of failures and also to perform fatigue test
3. Identify the different phases of iron and apply required heat treatment process for the industrial
purposes
4. Gain knowledge on different class of materials and their applications

Course Contents:

UNIT-1: Mechanical Behavior of Materials [12 hrs]

Stress – strain diagram for ductile and brittle materials, elastic and plastic deformation, mechanical
properties in elastic and plastic region, linear and non-linear properties (no numerical)
Creep – Phenomenon, stages of creep and creep properties. Fatigue- Types of fatigue loads, fatigue
properties, Fatigue test and S- N curves.
Fracture: Mechanism of fracture, ductile and brittle fracture, Griffith‘s theory of fracture (only
derivation), ductile to brittle transition

UNIT–2: Solidification and Phase diagrams [12 hrs]

Mechanism of solidification, homogeneous and heterogeneous solidification, Hume Rothary rules
substitution and interstitial solid solutions. Construction of phase diagram for two component systems,
application of Gibbs phase rule. Construction of phase equilibrium diagram involving complete and
partial solid solubility, application of lever rule. (with numerical), Iron carbon equilibrium diagram
and invariant reactions.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 42

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT-3: Heat treatment of metals & Alloys [12 hrs]
Heat treatment of metals: Annealing method and its types. Normalizing, hardening, tempering,
martempering, austempering. Hardenability, surface hardening methods like carburizing, cyaniding,
nitriding, flame hardening and induction hardening, age hardening of aluminium-copper alloys.
(Methods with applications)
UNIT-4: Smart and Composite Materials [12 hrs]
Materials exhibiting ferroelectric, piezoelectric, optoelectric, semiconducting, photo conductivity,
super conductivity behavior (Examples with applications). Nanomaterials, properties and applications.
Introduction to bio materials, superalloys and shape memory alloys.
Composite materials – Introduction classification, difference between conventional Production of
FRP‘s – hand layup and spray up process, Production of MMC‘s – Stir casting process and spray
forming process and composite materials, advantages, limitations and applications.

Text Books:
1. Foundations of Materials Science and Engineering, Smith, 4th Edition McGraw Hill,
2009
2. Materials Science, Shackleford., & M. K. Muralidhara, Pearson Publication –
2007.
3. Foundations of Materials Science and Engineering , William Smith , McGraw-Hill Science
Engineering Math.
4. Material science, shackleford.,& M. K Muralidhara, Pearson Publications - 2007

Reference Books:
1. An Introduction to Metallurgy; Alan Cottrell, Universities Press India Oriental
Longman Pvt. Ltd., 1974.
2. Engineering Materials Science, W.C.Richards, PHI, 1965
3. Materials Science and Engineering, V.Raghavan , PHI, 2002
4. Materials Science and Engineering,William D. Callister Jr., John Wiley & Sons.
Inc, 5th Edition, 2001.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 43

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS
BTME16F3200B AND METROLOGY 16 HC 3 0 0 3 4
Final
Prerequisites: None Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. Impart the knowledge of standards importance and conversion.
2. Define the fundamental concepts and derive the relations for the design of gauges, types
of gauges, concepts involving comparators, angular measurements, screw thread and
gear measurements.
3. Define the fundamental methods of measurement, concept of transducer and intermediate
modifying devices and terminating devices.
4. Clear exposure to the errors, classification and remedies.
5. To explore the students to various aspects regarding the force, torque, strain, pressure
and temperature measurements.
6. To identify, analyze the concept and the principle advantages and applications of the
above measurements.

Course Outcomes:
1. Students learn and understand the need, history for the development of new concepts
with metrology and measurement.
2. Students will demonstrate the knowledge of standards, comparison between the
standards and their conclusion.
3. Will have learnt the capability to recognize the need for measurement, the fundamental
concepts of measurement, conduct the experiments and record the data and interprete
the results.
4. Will have acquired the ability to recognize the concept of errors and accuracy.
5. Will have the capability to apply the skills in measuring force, torque, strain, pressure
and temperature.
6. Will have acquired the ability to recognize the global, societal and ethical aspects of
the work with social and ethical responsibilities as related to metrology and
measurement.

Course Contents:

UNIT-1: Standards of measurement: [12 hrs]

Introduction, Definition and Objectives of metrology, Role of standards, Standards of length-
International prototype meter, Imperial standard yard, Light wave length standard, subdivision of
standards, line and end standard, comparison, calibration of end bars (Numerical), Slipgauges,
Requirements and manufacture of slip gauge, Wringing phenomena, Indian Standards (M-45,M-87,
M-112), Numerical problems on building of slip gauges.

Limits, Fits ,Tolerance and Gauging:Introduction, Need of limit systems, Definition of Limit and
tolerance, Specification in assembly, interchangeability and selective assembly ,limits of size, Indian
standards, concept of limits of size and tolerances, compound tolerances, accumulation of tolerances,

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 44

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
definition of fits, types of fits and their designation (IS 919-1963), geometrical tolerance, positional-
tolerances, system of fits, Tolerance grade, Numerical problems, classification of gauges, brief concept
of design of gauges (Taylor's principles),Types of gauges-plain plug gauge, ring gauge.

UNIT-2: Comparators and Angular measurement: [12 hrs]

Introduction to comparators, Need for a comparator, characteristics, classification of comparators,
mechanical comparators- Johnson Mikrokator, sigma comparators, dial indicator, optical comparator:
Principle of optical lever, Zeiss ultra optimeter, Advantages and Disadvantages, LVDT, Advantages
and Disadvantages, pneumatic comparators:principle, solex comparator, Angular measurements,
Vernier bevel protractor use of angle gauges (numericals on building of angles).
Interferometer, screw thread and gear measurement:
Principle of interferometry, Interference pattern, optical flat, autocollimeter, Screw thread:
Introduction, Terminology, types and errors. Measurement of major diameter, minor
diameter,effective diameter of screw threads by 2-wire and 3-wire methods, Expression for best size
wire. Tool maker's microscope, gear tooth terminology, use of gear tooth vernier caliper for thickness
and depth measurement.

UNIT-3: Measurements and measurement systems: [12 hrs]

Introduction, Definition, Requirement of measurements, significance of measurement system,
generalized measurement system, definitions and concept of accuracy, precision, calibration,
threshold, sensitivity, hysterisis, repeatability, linearity, loading effect, system response-times delay.
Errors in measurement, classification of errors. Transducers, transfer efficiency, primary and
secondary transducers. Mechanical members: Bourdon tube, Diaphragm, Bellows. Electrical members:
Resistive, capacitive, piezoelectric and photoelectric transducers.
Intermediate modifying and terminating devices:Introduction, Mechanical systems, inherent
problems, electrical intermediate modifying devices, input circuitry, ballast circuit, electronic
amplifiers, Vacuum tube amplifiers and telemetry. Introduction to Terminating devices, Meter
indicators, CRO, Measurement of frequency, oscillographs, X-Y plotters.

UNIT-4: Measurement of force, torque and pressure: [12 hrs]

Introduction, Direct method: Analytical balance, unequal arm balance, Platform balance, proving ring.
Torque measurement: Mechanical, hydraulic dynamometer, Pressure measurements, principle,
Bridgeman gauge, McLeod gauge, Pirani gauge .
Temperature and strain measurement: Introduction, Resistance thermometers, thermocouple, law
of thermo couple, Thermocouple materials and construction, Measurement of thermal emf, pyrometer,
optical pyrometer, Radiation pyrometers. Strain measurements, strain gauge, preparation and
mounting of strain gauges, methods of strain measurement.

Text Books:
1. Mechanical Measurements, Beckwith Marangoni and Lienhard, Pearson Education,
6th Ed., 2006.
2. Engineering Metrology, R.K. Jain, Khanna Publishers, 1994.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Metrology, I.C. Gupta, Dhanpat Rai Publications, Delhi.
2. Mechanical Measurements, R.K. Jain Khanna Publishers, 1994.
3. Industrial Instrumentation, Alsutko, Jerry. D. Faulk, Cengage Asia Pvt. Ltd. 2002.
4. Measurement Systems Applications and Design, Ernest O. Doebelin, 5th Ed., McGraw Hill
Book Co.
5. Metrology & Measurement, Anand K. Bewoor & Vinay A. Kulkarni, Tata McGraw.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 45

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Duration Course Hrs./
Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

STRENGTH OF
BTME16F3300 16 HC 3 1 0 4 5
MATERIALS
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Engineering Mechanics Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60
.
Course Objectives:

1. To Gain knowledge of simple stresses, strains and deformations components due to external
loads and study on the behavior of ductile and brittle materials.
2. To assess stresses and deformations of beams, twisting bars or combination of both.
3. To Provide the basic knowledge of columns and practical applications
4. To Provide the Basic knowledge for use in the design courses.

Course Outcomes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Understand the basic principles of structural elasticity, including statically determinate and
indeterminate systems, and the factors which affect their strength and stiffness.
2. Assess the strength and stiffness of simple structural components.
3. Apply the effect of stress and deformation concepts in practical applications.
4. Apply knowledge on shafts subjecte to twisting and bending which helps in design of shafts

Course Contents:

UNIT-1 Simple Stresses & Strains: [12 hrs]

General meaning of stress, types of simple stresses and strains. Stress- strain diagrams for ductile and
brittle materials, Saint Venant‘s principle, Hooke‘s law, Extension/shortening of bar, Bars with
varying cross section and loads, Bars of tapering section, Principles of super positions, Elongation due
to self weight, statically indeterminate systems, compound bars, Numericals
Elastic Constants: Lateral strain, Poisson‘s ratio, volumetric strain, Rectangular block subjected to
normal stresses on all three of its faces; Bulk modulus, relation between Young‘s modulus and Bulk
modulus. Shear modulus, Relation between Young‘s modulus and rigidity modulus. Study on
temperature stresses, Temperature stresses in compound bars. Numerical
UNIT-2 [12 hrs]
Compound stresses and strains:
Stresses in two dimensional system, plane Stress transformation, Elements subjected to two
dimensional stress system, Principal planes, principal stress and principal strain, Maximum shear
stress and shear plane, principal strain, Mohr‘s circle for plane stress and strain.
Torsion of Shafts:
Introduction, Torsional equations of Solid and Hollow Circular Shafts, Torsional Rigidity/Stiffness,
Power Transmitted by the Shaft, Importance of Angle of Twist and Shear Stresses in Shafts,
comparison of Solid and Hollow Shafts, Numericals

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 46

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT-3 [12 hrs]
Shear Force and Bending Moment Diagram: Introduction, types of beams and loads, definition of
shear forces and bending moments, rate of loading, sign conventions, relationship between shear force
and bending moments, shear force and bending moment diagrams for different beams subjected to
concentrated loads (point load), uniform distributed load ( UDL) uniformly varying load (UVL) and
couple for simply supported, cantilever & overhanging beams. Numerical

Bending stress : Theory of Simple Bending (Bending equation/ Flexural Formula),

Assumptions, Position of Neutral Axis, Section Modulus, Practical Applicationsof Bending Equation,
Numerical (symmetrical section only).

UNIT-4: [12 hrs]

Deflections of beams:
Beam Deflection, Relation between Slope, Deflection and Radius of Curvature, Slope and Deflection
at a Section, Double Integration Method, simply supported, cantilever beams. Numerical
Columns & Struts:
Column under axial load, concept of instability and buckling, slenderness ratio, derivation of Euler‘s
formulae for the elastic buckling load, Eulers, Rankine formula for axial loading columns and their
applications, Numerical.

Text Books:
1. "Mechanics of materials", Beer & Russell Johnstan, in S.I. Units, Ferdinand TATA Mc
GrawHill- 2003.
2. "Strength of Materials", S.S.Bhavikatti, Vikas publications House -1 Pvt. Ltd., 2nd Ed., 2006.
3. ―Engineering Mechanics and Strength of Materials‖, by R K Bansal, Laxmi Publications-New
Delhi (2004)

Reference Books:

1. "Mechanics of Materials", by R.C.Hibbeler, Printice Hall. Pearson Edu., 2005

2. "Strength Of Materials",by S Ramamrutham, R Narayana, Dhanphatrai publishing
Co.Ltd.2003
3. "Strength Of Materials", by Timoshenko.S.P Part1,D.Van Nostrand company, Inc.Newyork

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 47

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
BASIC
BTME16F3400 16 HC 3 1 0 4 5
THERMODYNAMICS
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: PU Physics & Chemistry Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60
.

Course Objectives:
1. To learn the fundamentals of thermodynamics and related concepts to understand the basic
units and its measurement and thermodynamic principle.
2. To understand the concept of thermodynamic work, heat and the fundamental laws of
thermodynamics.
3. To learn the basics of heat engine, heat pump, refrigerator and Carnot principle and their
practical applications.
4. To understand the concept of entropy and behavior of pure substances and its importance in
practical applications.
5. To study the behavior of Ideal gases and Real gases.

Course Outcomes:
1. Students can able to analyze the principles of thermodynamics in engineering applications.
2. Able to calculate work, heat and other parameters involved in thermodynamic system during
execution of process and cycle.
3. Analysis of various systems under different circumstances in thermodynamic point of view.
4. Able to find performance of engineering devices like heat engine, heat pump and refrigerator.
5. Behavior of working fluid in various thermodynamic systems.
6. R and D work involving automobile, energy and aeronautical applications.
7. This subject is prerequisite for future semester subjects like applied thermodynamics, heat
transfer, hence he/she can study those subjects without difficulty.

Course Contents:

UNIT-1 Fundamental Concepts & Definitions [12 hrs]

Thermodynamics; Types thermodynamics System, closed open and isolated systems; examples
Microscopic and Macroscopic approaches.. Thermodynamic properties; definition and units, intensive
and extensive properties. Thermodynamic state process and cycle, path and point function, quasi-static
process, cyclic and non-cyclic processes; Thermodynamic equilibrium; mechanical equilibrium;
thermal equilibrium, chemical equilibrium- Equality of temperature Zeroth law of thermodynamics,
Temperature; concepts, scales and measurement. Numerical.
Work and Heat: Mechanics Definition of Work and limitations, Thermodynamic definition of work;
examples sign convention. Displacement work, expressions for displacement work in various
processes through p-v diagrams. Show that work as path function, Electrical work, Paddle wheel work
and flow work. Heat: definitions, units, sign convention, specific heats, show that heat is a path
function. Comparison between work and heat. Simple numericals.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 48

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT-2: [12 hrs]
First Law of Thermodynamics
Joule‘s experiments, First law for a closed system undergoing a cycle; First law for a closed system
undergoing a change of state; Energy – A property of a system; Energy balance for closed system,
different forms of stored energy; Enthalpy, Specific heat at constant volume, and constant pressure;
PMM1; control volume, study flow process; Mass and energy balance for study flow process; some
study flow engineering devices; Limitations of first law of thermodynamics Numerical.

Second Law of Thermodynamics

Introduction to second law; Qualitative difference between heat and work; Cyclic heat engine;
Thermal energy reservoirs; Kelvin-Plank statement and Clausius statement of second law of
thermodynamics; Refrigerator and heat pump, equivalence of both statements; PMM II; Reversibility
and irreversibility, causes of irreversibility; Carnot cycle, Reversed heat engine; Carnot‘s theorem
,corollary of Carnot‘s theorem; Absolute thermodynamic temperature scale; Numerical.
UNIT-3: [12 hrs]
Entropy
Introduction to entropy; Two reversible adiabatic paths cannot intersect each other; Clausius
Theorem; The properties of entropy; Prove entropy as property of system; Inequality of Clausius;
Temperature-Entropy diagram, representation of Carnot cycle on T-S diagram; Entropy principle and
application of Entropy principle; The T-ds equations; Equations for change in entropy during
thermodynamic processes; Numericals.

Ideal Gases & Ideal Gas Mixtures

Ideal gas; Equation of state of gas; Universal and particular gas constants, perfect and semi-perfect
gases; Evaluation of heat, work, change in internal energy, enthalpy and entropy in various quasi-static
processes; Ideal gas mixture; Dalton's law of partial pressure; Internal energy, enthalpy and specific
heats of gas mixtures; Entropy of gas mixture; Numerical.
UNIT-4: [12 hrs]
Real Gases
Introduction; Vander Waal's Equation Van-der Waal's constants in terms of critical properties, law of
corresponding states, compressibility factor; compressibility chart. Numerical.
Pure substance
P-T and P-V diagrams; triple point and critical points,; sub cooled liquid, saturated liquid, mixture of
saturated liquid and vapour; saturated vapour and superheated vapour states of a pure substance with
water as example; Enthalpy and entropy of change of phase (Latent heat); dryness fraction, T-S and h-
s diagrams, representation of various processes on these diagrams; throttling calorimeter, separating
and throttling calorimeter. Numerical.

Text Book:
1. Nag P.K. Basic & Applied Thermodynamics. Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co. 2002.
2. Rajput R.K, Thermal Engineering. Lakshmi publications.

Reference Book
1. Yunus A. Cenegal and Michael A. Boles, ―Thermodynamics -An Engineering Approach‖, Tata
McGraw-Hill.2002.
2. Mahesh M Rathore, ―Thermal Engineering‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, Prentice-hall of India Pvt.
Ltd.
3. G J Van Wylen and R E Sonntag, ―Fundamental of Classical Thermodynamics‖, Wiley
Eastern.1st edition,2002
4. Guptha and Prakash ― Thermodynamics‘
Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 49
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
MANUFACTURING
BTME16F3500 TECHNOLOGY – I 16 HC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Nil Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To gain theoretical and practical knowledge in material casting processes and develop an
understanding of the dependent and independent variables which control materials casting in a
production setting.
2. To study how to select appropriate production processes for a specific application.
3. Introduce students to good foundry practices and product design considerations.
4. To know the fundamentals of joining processes and non-destructive testing

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Demonstrate understanding of non-chip forming processes such as casting, forging, metal
joining, etc.
2. Understand basics of metallurgy of welding.
3. Identify the role of Non Destructive Techniques in production processes.

Course Contents:
UNIT -1: Patterns and Pattern Making [12 hrs]
Introduction to Foundry – Classification of manufacturing process, Steps involved in casting,
advantages, limitations and applications of casting process. Pattern types, allowances for pattern,
pattern materials, color coding.
Sand Moulding : Base sand, Requirements of base sand, Methods of Moulding, Binder and additives,
Methods of preparation of moulding sand, Different types of sand mix for sand moulds, properties of
moulding sand, Types of sand moulds, Special moulding methods, Moulding Machines : Jolt type,
Squeeze type, Jolt & Squeeze type and Sand slinger
UNIT -2: Core Making [12 hrs]
Cores: Definition of core, Core binder, Requirements of core sand, Types of cores, core making
process, classification of cores, Equipment for baking of cores.
Metal moulds: Metallic moulds, Types of metallic mould castings: Gravity mould castings, pressure
die castings, Centrifugal castings, Slush castings, Squeeze castings, Thixo casting, Continuous casting.
Concept of Gating, risering, Fettling and cleaning of castings, casting defects.
Melting Furnaces: Selection of melting furnace, Classification of melting furnaces, Constructional
features & working principle of coke fired, oil fired and Gas fired pit furnace, Resistance furnace,
Crucible furnace, Cupola furnace, Induction furnace, Electric arc furnace, calculation of cupola
charges-Degasification, inoculation, pouring techniques.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 50

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT -3: Welding [12 hrs]
Welding process: Definition, Principles, Classification, Application, Advantages & limitations of
welding. Gas welding Principle, Oxy – Acetylene welding, Chemical Reaction in Gas welding, Types
of flame and Flame characteristics.
Electric Arc welding: Striking an Arc, Arc welding parameters, Classification of Arc welding, MAW,
FSMAW, TIG, MIG, SAW, Arc welding current and voltage, Arc welding equipments, Comparison of
AC and DC welding.
Special Welding: Resistance welding - principles, Seam welding, Butt welding, Spot welding and
projection welding. Friction welding, Explosive welding, Thermit welding, Laser welding and
Electron beam welding, ultrasonic beam welding.

UNIT -4: Metallurgy of welding [12 hrs]

Metallurgical aspects in welding, Structure of welds, Formation of different zones during welding.
Heat affected zone (HAZ). Parameters affecting HAZ, shrinkage and residual stresses in welding,
weld ability, welding of special materials – Stainless steel, Aluminium etc. weld ability of cast iron,
steel, stainless steel, aluminium alloys, Welding defects.
Soldering and Brazing: Principles of soldering & brazing: Parameters involved & Mechanism,
Different Types of Soldering & Brazing Methods.
Inspection Methods – Methods used for Inspection of casting and welding-Visual, Magnetic particle,
Fluorescent particle, Ultrasonic, Radiography, Eddy current, Holography methods of Inspection.

Text Books:
1. ―Manufacturing Process-I‖, Dr.K.Radhakrishna, Sapna Book House, 5th Revised Edition 2009.
2. ―Manufacturing Technology: Foundry Forming and Welding‖, P.N.Rao, 3rd Ed., Tata
McGraw Hill, 2003.

Reference Books:
1. Process and Materials of Manufacturing‖, Roy A Lindberg, 4th Ed. Pearson Edu. 2006.
2. ―Manufacturing Technology‖, Serope Kalpakjian, Steuen. R. Sechmid, Pearson Education
Asia, 5th Ed. 2006.
3. Heine, Loper and Rosenthal, ―Principles of Metal Casting‖, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co,
Ltd; New Delhi, 1995.
4. Doehler.E.H, ―Die Casting‖, McGraw Hill Book Co. New York.1991.
5. Banga T.R; and Agrawal R.L, ―Foundry Engineering‖, Khanna Publishers, 1992.
6. Serope Kalpakjian, Steven R.Schmid, ―Manufacturing Engineering and Technology‖. (4th
Edition), Prentice Hall 2000-06-15 ISBN:0201361310
7. Gupta R.B, ―Foundry Engineering‖Satyaprakashan, 1989.
8. Lal, Mand Khanna O.P A, ―Text Book of Foundry Technology‖, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, 1986.
9. Jain P.L, ―Principles of Foundry Technology‖, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company, Ltd;
1995‖.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 51

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
COMPUTER AIDED
BTME16F3600A MACHINE DRAWING 16 HC 1 0 2 3 5
Final
Prerequisites: Computer Aided Engineering Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Drawing Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. Understand drawing and develop capacity to represent any matter/object with the help of
picture.
2. Develop primary knowledge of working drawing.
3. Produce orthographic drawing of different machine parts.
4. Develop skill to produce assembly drawings.

Course Outcome:
After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Capability of understanding the graphical language.
2. Draw detailed schematic and simplified drawings in sections and elevation using
ANSI standards.
3. Be able to analyze and design common machine elements.
4. Become more familiar with the range and function of common machine elements. 5.
Students should be able to apply this knowledge to generating new, innovative design

Course Content:

UNIT–1: Introduction to Geometrical Tolerance and Dimensioning (GD&T) [12 hrs]

Orthographic Views: Conversion of pictorial views into orthographic projections of simple machine
parts with or without section. (Bureau of Indian Standards conventions are to be followed for the
drawings).
Thread Forms: Thread terminology, sectional views of threads: ISO Metric (Internal & External)
BSW (Internal & External) square and Acme. Sellers thread, American Standard thread.
UNIT-2: [12 hrs]
Fasteners: Orthographic projection of Hexagonal headed bolt and nut with washer (assembly), square
headed bolt and nut with washer (assembly).
Keys & Rivetted Joints : Parallel key, Taper key, Feather key, Gibhead key and Woodruff key.
Single and double riveted lap joints, butt joints with single/double cover straps (Chain and Zigzag,
using snap head rivets).
UNIT -3: [12 hrs]
Mechanical Joints: Cotter joint (socket and spigot), knuckle joint (pin joint) for two rods.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 52

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Couplings: Split Muff coupling, Protected type flanged coupling, pin (bush) type flexible coupling,
Oldham's coupling and universal coupling (Hooks' Joint)
UNIT–4: Assembly Drawing [12 hrs]
Screw jack (Bottle type), Machine vice, Plummer block (Pedestal Bearing), I.C. Engine connecting
rod, Tailstock of lathe, Tool Head of a shaper, Rams Bottom Safety Valve, Feed Check Valve.
Text Books:
1. 'Machine Drawing‘, K.R. Gopala Krishna, Subhash Publication, Bangalore,2013
2. 'Machine Drawing', N.D.Bhat & V.M.Panchal

Reference Books:
1. 'A Text Book of Computer Aided Machine Drawing', S. Trymbaka Murthy, CBS
Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.
2. ' CAD for engineers and designers', Sham Tickoo. Dream tech 2005
3. 'Machine Drawing', N. Siddeshwar, P. Kanniah, V.V.S. Sastri, published by Tata
McGraw Hill,2006

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 53

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

FLUID MECHANICS
BTME16F3600B 16 HC 2 1 0 3 4
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Physics Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. To give an introduction and explain basic fundamentals of fluid mechanics. Also to learn fluid
properties and pressure measurements
2. To incorporate concepts of stability of floating and submerged bodies which are essential in the
field of shipping industries. To gain the knowledge of kinematics and dynamics of the fluids.
3. To know the applications of Bernoulli‘s equation like flow measuring devices, dimesional
analysis and also the flow behavior and losses in the pipes
4. The know the importance of Reynolds number, boundary layer theory and also to give an
introduction to compressible and Navier stokes equation

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Utilize the properties of fluid and pressure concepts for various practical purposes
2. Find the stability and comfort conditions of the marine vehicles. To use the concepts of
Bernoulli equation and continuity equation for the various engineering purposes
3. Find the dependent and independent parameters for a model of fluid flow, analyze the
model and the prototype and also design the flow through pipes
4. Distinguish the laminar and turbulent flows, apply the knowledge of lift and drag forces in
aerospace industries

Course Contents:

UNIT-1: [12 hrs]

Properties of Fluids: Introduction, types of fluid, properties of fluids, viscosity, compressibility,
surface tension, capillarity.
Fluid Statistics: Pascal‘s law, pressure variation in a static fluid, absolute, gauge, atmospheric and
vacuum pressures, simple and differential manometers. Total pressure and center of pressure on
submerged plane(horizontal, vertical and inclined) surfaces.

UNIT -2: [12 hrs]

Buoyancy, center of buoyancy, metacentre and metacentric height, equilibrium conditions of floating
and submerged bodies, determination of Metacentric height experimentally and theoretically.
Kinematics: Types of fluid flow, continuity equation in 2D and 3D (Cartesian Co-ordinates only),
velocity and acceleration, velocity potential function and stream function , simple problems.
Fluid Dynamics: Introduction equation of motion, Euler‘s equation of motion, along stream line and
Bernoulli‘s equation, limitations of Bernoulli‘s equation, simple problems.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 54

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT -3: [12 hrs]
Fluid Flow Measurements : Venturi meter, orifice meter, pitot-tube, V-Notch and rectangular
notches, Dimensional Analysis : Introduction, Rayleigh‘s method, Buckingham theorem,
dimensionless numbers(only theory).
Flow through pipes : Minor losses through pipes(no derivations). Darey‘s and Chezy‘s equation for
loss of head due to friction in pipes. HGL and TEL, simple numerical.

UNIT -4: [12 hrs]

Laminar flow : Reyonold‘s number, critical Reynold‘s number, laminar flow through circular pipe-
Hagen Poiseille‘s equation, laminar flow between parallel and stationary plates. Flow past immersed
bodies : Drag, Lift, expression for lift and drag, boundary layer theory, definitions and expressions of
displacement, momentum and energy thickness.

Text Books:
1. Fluid Mechanics, Dr. Bansal, R.K.Lakshmi Publications, 2004.
2. Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulics Machines, P.N Modi and S.N
Seth,,19 Edition Standard Publishers Distributors (2013)

Reference Books:
1. Fluid Mechanics (SI Units), Yunus A. Cengel John M.Oimbala, 2nd Ed., Tata McGraw
Hill, 2006.
2. Fluid Mechanics, Oijush.K.Kundu, IRAM COCHEN, ELSEVIER, 3rd Ed. 2005.
3. Fluid Mechanics and hydraulics, Dr.Jagadishlal: Metropolitan Book Co-Ltd., 1997.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 55

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
MATERIAL
BTME16F3700A SCIENCE LAB 16 HC 0 0 2 2 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Prerequisites: None Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30
Course Objectives:
1. To prepare the specimen for metallographic examination
2. To study the wear characteristics of the given specimen
3. To study the tensile , compressive and shear prosperities of metals and non metals
4. To evaluate Brineel, Vicker‘s and Rockwell‘s hardness of the materials
5. To find impact strength of the given material
6. To find the endurance limit of the material

Course Out comes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Identify the type of material based on the microstructure using optical microscope.
2. Carry out wear test to find wear prosperities.
3. Find out the defects in the given specimen using Ultrasonic flaw detection, Magnetic crack
detection and Dye penetration test.
4. Find out tensile, compressive, torsional and bending properties of the given material using
UTM.
5. Find hardness of the given material
6. Find impact strength of the given material.

Course Content:
PART – A

1. Preparation of specimen for Metallograpic examination of different engineering materials.

Identification of microstructures of plain carbon steel, tool steel, gray C.I, SG iron, Brass,
Bronze & composites.

2. To study the wear characteristics of ferrous, non-ferrous and composite materials for
different parameters.
3. Non-destructive test experiments like,
a. Ultrasonic flaw detection
b. Magnetic crack detection
c. Dye penetration testing. To study the defects of Cast and Welded specimens

PART – B
1. Tensile, shear and compression tests of metallic and non metallic specimens using
Universal Testing Machine
2. Torsion Test
3. Bending Test on metallic and nonmetallic specimens.
4. Izod and Charpy Tests on M.S, C.I Specimen.
5. Brinell, Rockwell and Vickers‘s Hardness test.
6. Fatigue Test.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 56

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
METROLOGY AND
BTME16F3700B MEASUREMENT LAB 16 HC 0 0 2 2 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Prerequisites: None Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30
Course Objectives:
1. Educate students on different measurement systems and on common types of errors.
2. Introduce different types of sensors, transducers and strain gauges used for measurement.
3. Give knowledge about thermocouples, thermometers and flow meters used for measurements
4. Introduce measuring equipment‘s used for linear and angular measurements.
5. Familiarize students with surface roughness measurements on machine components

Course Out comes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Choose the proper measuring instruments for the measurement of pressure, Force, temperature,
linear distance, speed, surface finish etc., using calibration technique
2. Measure the depth and thickness of the given gear tooth using gear tooth Vernier caliper.
3. Demonstrate the measurement of cutting forces, thread components, angular components.
4. Recognize screw thread parameters using floating carriage measuring machine
5. Analyze tolerance of drilled components using mechanical comparator Work in Quality control
and quality assurances divisions in industries
6. Distinguish the various interference patterns by using optical flat.

Course Content:
PART-A: MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS

1. Calibration of Pressure Gauge

2. Calibration of Thermocouple
3. Calibration of LVDT
4. Calibration of Load cell
5. Determination of modulus of elasticity of a mild steel specimen using strain gauges.

PART-B: INSTRUMENTATION

1. Measurements using Optical Projector / Toolmaker Microscope.

2. Measurement of angle using Sine Center / Sine bar / bevel protractor
3. Measurement of alignment using Autocollimator / Roller set
4. Measurement of cutting tool forces using
a) Lathe tool Dynamometer
b) Drill tool Dynamometer.
5. Measurement of Screw threads Parameters using Two wire or Three-wire method.
6. Measurements of Surface roughness, Using Tally Surf/Mechanical Comparator
7. Measurement of gear tooth profile using gear tooth vernier /Gear tooth micrometer
8. Calibration of Micrometer using slip gauges
9. Measurement using Optical Flats

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 57

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
MANUFACTURING
BTME16F3800A TECNOLOGY LAB 16 HC 0 0 2 2 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Prerequisites: None Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30
Course Objectives:

1. The course will introduce desirable properties of molding sand and establish its relevance in
preparing the sand mold.
2. To introduce the experimental procedure in determining the GFN, Permeability, Strength of
mold, moisture & clay content in sand sample, core hardness & mold hardness.
3. To bring in the effect of clay & water content on the various properties of molding sand.
4. To give students hands on practice in preparing the sand moulds (Cope & Drag box) using
single piece, split pattern and without using pattern.
5. To give students hands on practice in preparing forging models using open -hearth furnace by
performing upsetting, drawing & bending operation.

Course Out comes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Describe general properties of molding sand.

2. Illustrate the influence of Grain fineness of the silica sand used in the preparation of the mold
3. Determine the compression, shear, tensile strength & permeability of a molding sand for
different proportion of clay.
4. Determine the percentage of clay & moisture content for a given sand sample
5. Identify the different tools used in foundry & Forging practice with their uses
6. List the different stages involved in preparing the sand mold box & forged model
7. Create the sand mold cavity using cope & drag box with pattern or without pattern
8. Demonstrate the upsetting, drawing & bending operation in preparing the forged model

Course Content:

PART – A

1. Testing of Moulding sand and Core sand:

Preparation of sand specimens and conduction of the following tests:
a) Compression, Shear and Tensile tests on Universal Sand Testing Machine.
b) Permeability test
c) Core hardness & Mould hardness tests.
d) Sieve Analysis to find Grain Fineness number of Base Sand
e) Clay content determination in Base Sand

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 58

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

PART – B

2. Foundry Practice
a) Use of foundry tools and other equipments.
b) Preparation of moulds using two moulding boxes using patterns or without patterns.
(Split pattern, Match plate pattern and Core boxes).
c) Preparation of one casting (Aluminum or cast iron-Demonstration only)

PART – C

3. Forging Operations:

a) Calculation of length of the raw material required to do the model.

b) Preparing minimum three forged models involving upsetting, drawing and
bending operations.
c) Out of these three models, at least one model is to be prepared by using Power
Hammer.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 59

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
MACHINE SHOP-I
BTME16F3800B 16 HC 0 0 2 2 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Prerequisites: Manufacturing Technology Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30

Course Objectives:

1. To understand various operations carry out through various machines.

2. To provide knowledge about various machine tools.
3. To learn turning, milling and shaping operations.
4. To prepare the model as per the given dimensions

Course Out comes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Identify the various operations require to prepare the model.
2. Select the suitable machine for a particular operation.
3. Prepare the specimen as per the given dimension for the given raw material.
4. Work in a manufacturing industry.

Course Contents:

Part-A
Preparation of various models on lathe involving Plain turning, Taper turning, Step turning,
Thread cutting, Facing, Knurling, Drilling, Boring, Internal Thread cutting and Eccentric turning.
PART-B

Cutting of V Groove/ dovetail/Rectangular groove using a shaper.

Cutting of Gear Teeth Using Milling Machine

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 60

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

FOURTH SEMESTER

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
ENGINEERING
BTME16F4100 MATHEMATICS-IV 16 HC 4 0 0 4 4
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Engineering Maths I, II & III Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. Formulate, solve and analyze engineering problems.
2. Apply numerical methods to solve differential equations.
3. Understand the fundamental concepts of Complex Analysis such as analytic functions,
complex integrals and a range of skills which will allow students to work effectively with the
concepts.
4. To understand the theory of optimization methods and algorithms developed for solving
various types of optimization problems.
5. To find the extrema of some quantity over a system that has functional degrees of freedom.

Course outcomes:
After the completion of the course the student will be able
1. Use appropriate numerical methods to solve first, second order ode and pde.
2. Appreciate how mathematics is used in design (e.g. conformal mapping)
3. Use Cauchy‘s integral theorem and formula to compute line integrals.
4. To apply optimization techniques in problems of engineering and technology.
5. Determine the extremals of functional and solve the problems of the Calculus of variation and
formulate the variational problem.

Course Contents:

UNIT –1 Numerical Methods –III: [12 hrs]

(i)Numerical solution of simultaneous first order ODE :Picard‘s and Runge-Kutta method of fourth
order.
(ii)Numerical solution of second order ordinary differential equations, Picards method, Runge-Kutta
method and Milne‘s method
(iii)Numerical solutions of PDE: Finite difference approximations to derivatives, Numerical solution
of two –dimensional Laplace equation, one-dimensional Heat and Wave Equations.
UNIT –2 Complex variables –I & II [12 hrs]

Function of a complex variable, Analytic functions-Cauchy-Riemann equations in Cartesian and polar

forms. Properties of analytic functions. Application to flow problems- complex potential, velocity
potential, equipotential lines, stream functions, stream lines. Conformal Transformations: Bilinear
Transformations. Discussion of Transformations: Complex line integrals-Cauchy‘s theorem and
Cauchy‘s integral formula and problems.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 61

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT-3 Optimization: [12 hrs]
Introduction, origin, scope , limitation, approach, linear programming , mathematical formulation of
LPP, Graphical Method, Simplex method, Big M-method.

UNIT-4 [12 hrs]

Calculus of variations : Introduction , functional, Euler‘s Equation and its solution, geodesics ,
Isoperimetric problems , several dependent variables, functionals involving higher order derivatives,
approximate solution of Boundary value problems –Rayleigh-Ritz method, Weighted residual method
–Galerkin‘s method , Hamilton‘s principles, Lagrange‘s equations.
Text books:

1. B.S. Grewal, ―Higher Engineering Mathematics‖, Khanna Publishers, 43nd edition, 2015.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Wiley Publications, 10th edition,
2015.

Reference Books:

1. B.V. Ramana, ―Higher Engineering Mathematics‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 19th edition,
2013.
2. R.K.Jain and S.R.K.Iyengar, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Narosa Publishing
House,5th edition, 2014.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 62

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
MATERIAL SCIENCE
BTME16F4200A AND METALLURGY 16 HC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Prerequisites: Engineering Physics and Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Chemistry Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. The main objective of this course is to provide the basic knowledge required to explore
the discipline of materials science and engineering.
2. To develop the knowledge of the structure of materials which includes
crystallography, microstructure, defects, and phase diagrams
3. To give an idea about the heat treatment required for the metals
4. To incorporate the knowledge in various class of materials and their applications

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Understand how materials are classified based on atomic arrangement and behavior of
materials in elastic and plastic regions
2. Identify the type of failures and also to perform fatigue test
3. Identify the different phases of iron and apply required heat treatment process for the
industrial purposes
4. Gain knowledge on different class of materials and their applications

Course Contents:

UNIT-1: Mechanical Behavior of Materials [12 hrs]

Stress – strain diagram for ductile and brittle materials, elastic and plastic deformation, mechanical
properties in elastic and plastic region, linear and non-linear properties (no numerical)
Creep – Phenomenon, stages of creep and creep properties. Fatigue- Types of fatigue loads, fatigue
properties, Fatigue test and S- N curves.
Fracture: Mechanism of fracture, ductile and brittle fracture, Griffith‘s theory of fracture (only
derivation), ductile to brittle transition

UNIT–2: Solidification and Phase diagrams [12 hrs]

Mechanism of solidification, homogeneous and heterogeneous solidification, Hume Rothary rules
substitution and interstitial solid solutions. Construction of phase diagram for two component systems,
application of Gibbs phase rule. Construction of phase equilibrium diagram involving complete and
partial solid solubility, application of lever rule. (with numerical), Iron carbon equilibrium diagram
and invariant reactions.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 63

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT-3: Heat treatment of metals & Alloys [12 hrs]
Heat treatment of metals: Annealing method and its types. Normalizing, hardening, tempering,
martempering, austempering. Hardenability, surface hardening methods like carburizing, cyaniding,
nitriding, flame hardening and induction hardening, age hardening of aluminium-copper alloys.
(Methods with applications)
UNIT-4: Smart and Composite Materials [12 hrs]
Materials exhibiting ferroelectric, piezoelectric, optoelectric, semiconducting, photo conductivity,
super conductivity behavior (Examples with applications). Nanomaterials, properties and applications.
Introduction to bio materials, superalloys and shape memory alloys.
Composite materials – Introduction classification, difference between conventional Production of
FRP‘s – hand layup and spray up process, Production of MMC‘s – Stir casting process and spray
forming process and composite materials, advantages, limitations and applications.

Text Books:
1. Foundations of Materials Science and Engineering, Smith, 4th Edition McGraw Hill,
2009
2. Materials Science, Shackleford., & M. K. Muralidhara, Pearson Publication –
2007.
3. Foundations of Materials Science and Engineering , William Smith , McGraw-Hill Science
Engineering Math.
4. Material science, shackleford.,& M. K Muralidhara, Pearson Publications - 2007

Reference Books:
1. An Introduction to Metallurgy; Alan Cottrell, Universities Press India Oriental
Longman Pvt. Ltd., 1974.
2. Engineering Materials Science, W.C.Richards, PHI, 1965
3. Materials Science and Engineering, V.Raghavan , PHI, 2002
4. Materials Science and Engineering,William D. Callister Jr., John Wiley & Sons.
Inc, 5th Edition, 2001.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 64

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS
BTME16F4200B AND METROLOGY 16 HC 3 0 0 3 4

Final
Prerequisites: None Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60
Course Objectives:
1. Impart the knowledge of standards importance and conversion.
2. Define the fundamental concepts and derive the relations for the design of gauges, types
of gauges, concepts involving comparators, angular measurements, screw thread and
gear measurements.
3. Define the fundamental methods of measurement, concept of transducer and intermediate
modifying devices and terminating devices.
4. Clear exposure to the errors, classification and remedies.
5. To explore the students to various aspects regarding the force, torque, strain, pressure
and temperature measurements.
6. To identify, analyze the concept and the principle advantages and applications of the
above measurements.

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Students learn and understand the need, history for the development of new concepts
with metrology and measurement.
2. Students will demonstrate the knowledge of standards, comparison between the
standards and their conclusion.
3. Will have learnt the capability to recognize the need for measurement, the fundamental
concepts of measurement, conduct the experiments and record the data and interprete
the results.
4. Will have acquired the ability to recognize the concept of errors and accuracy.
5. Will have the capability to apply the skills in measuring force, torque, strain, pressure
and temperature.
6. Will have acquired the ability to recognize the global, societal and ethical aspects of
the work with social and ethical responsibilities as related to metrology and
measurement.
Course Contents:

UNIT-1: Standards of measurement: [12 hrs]

Introduction, Definition and Objectives of metrology, Role of standards, Standards of length-
International prototype meter, Imperial standard yard, Light wave length standard, subdivision of
standards, line and end standard, comparison, calibration of end bars (Numerical), Slipgauges,
Requirements and manufacture of slip gauge, Wringing phenomena, Indian Standards (M-45,M-87,
M-112), Numerical problems on building of slip gauges.
Limits,Fits ,Tolerance and Gauging:Introduction, Need of limit systems, Definition of Limit and
tolerance, Specification in assembly, interchangeability and selective assembly ,limits of size, Indian
standards, concept of limits of size and tolerances, compound tolerances, accumulation of tolerances,
definition of fits, types of fits and their designation (IS 919-1963), geometrical tolerance, positional-
Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 65
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
tolerances, system of fits, Tolerance grade, Numerical problems, classification of gauges, brief concept
of design of gauges (Taylor's principles),Types of gauges-plain plug gauge, ring gauge.

UNIT-2: Comparators and Angular measurement: [12 hrs]

Introduction to comparators, Need for a comparator, characteristics, classification of comparators,
mechanical comparators- Johnson Mikrokator, sigma comparators, dial indicator, optical comparator:
Principle of optical lever, Zeiss ultra optimeter, Advantages and Disadvantages, LVDT, Advantages
and Disadvantages, pneumatic comparators:principle, solex comparator, Angular measurements,
Vernier bevel protractor use of angle gauges (numericals on building of angles).

Interferometer, screw thread and gear measurement:Principle of interferometry, Interference

pattern, optical flat, autocollimeter, Screw thread: Introduction, Terminology, types and errors.
Measurement of major diameter, minor diameter,effective diameter of screw threads by 2-wire and 3-
wire methods, Expression for best size wire. Tool maker's microscope, gear tooth terminology, use of
gear tooth vernier caliper for thickness and depth measurement.

UNIT-3: Measurements and measurement systems: [12 hrs]

Introduction, Definition, Requirement of measurements, significance of measurement system,
generalized measurement system, definitions and concept of accuracy, precision, calibration,
threshold, sensitivity, hysterisis, repeatability, linearity, loading effect, system response-times delay.
Errors in measurement, classification of errors. Transducers, transfer efficiency, primary and
secondary transducers. Mechanical members: Bourdon tube, Diaphragm, Bellows. Electrical members:
Resistive, capacitive, piezoelectric and photoelectric transducers.

Intermediate modifying and terminating devices:

Introduction, Mechanical systems, inherent problems, electrical intermediate modifying devices, input
circuitry, ballast circuit, electronic amplifiers, Vacuum tube amplifiers and telemetry. Introduction to
Terminating devices, Meter indicators, CRO, Measurement of frequency, oscillographs, X-Y plotters.

UNIT-4: Measurement of force, torque and pressure: [12 hrs]

Introduction, Direct method: Analytical balance, unequal arm balance, Platform balance, proving ring.
Torque measurement: Mechanical, hydraulic dynamometer, Pressure measurements, principle,
Bridgeman gauge, McLeod gauge, Pirani gauge .

Temperature and strain measurement: Introduction, Resistance thermometers, thermocouple, law

of thermo couple, Thermocouple materials and construction, Measurement of thermal emf, pyrometer,
optical pyrometer, Radiation pyrometers. Strain measurements, strain gauge, preparation and
mounting of strain gauges, methods of strain measurement.

Text Books:
1. Mechanical Measurements, Beckwith Marangoni and Lienhard, Pearson Education, 6th
Ed., 2006.
2. Engineering Metrology, R.K. Jain, Khanna Publishers, 1994.

Reference Books:
1. Engineering Metrology, I.C. Gupta, Dhanpat Rai Publications, Delhi.
2. Mechanical Measurements, R.K. Jain Khanna Publishers, 1994.
3. Industrial Instrumentation, Alsutko, Jerry. D. Faulk, Cengage Asia Pvt. Ltd. 2002.
4. Measurement Systems Applications and Design, Ernest O. Doebelin, 5th Ed., McGraw Hill
Book Co.
5. Metrology & Measurement, Anand K. Bewoor & Vinay A. Kulkarni, Tata McGraw.
Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 66
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
APPLIED
BTME16F4300 16 HC 3 1 0 4 5
THERMODYNAMICS
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Basic Thermodynamics Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To understand and apply concepts of thermodynamics to various energy conversion processes and
systems.
2. To understand the chemical reactions involved in combustion process and energy released during
the combustion.
3. To study the various aspects of IC engines, testing of engines and performance evaluation.
4. To understand the properties of air, working of air conditioner gives idea about designing the
equipments for human comforts
5. To prepare students to apply various concepts in thermodynamics to solve numerical and design
problems of various thermodynamic processes and systems and provide useful solution.
6. To train students about engines, working of engines, testing of engines by conducting experiments,
making measurement of test parameters and analysis the test data.
7. To make students aware of the current advancements in various aspects of thermodynamics such
as automobile engines, power generation systems etc,.
Course Outcomes:
1. Students can able to analyze the thermodynamic process/cycles involved in engineering
applications.
2. Able to find power, efficiency and losses in thermodynamic system or devices during execution of
process.
3. Analysis of various systems under different circumstances in thermodynamic point of view.
4. Able to find performance of engineering devices like IC engine, turbines, compressors, refrigerator
and air-conditioner.
5. Behavior of working fluid in various thermodynamic systems.
6. Capability to apply various concepts in thermodynamics to solve numerical and design problems
of various thermodynamic processes and systems and provide useful solution.
7. This subject is prerequisite for future semester subjects like Turbomachinary, heat transfer; hence
he/she can study those subjects without difficulty.

Course Content:
UNIT-1 [12 hrs]
Combustion Thermodynamics
Theoretical (Stoichiometric) air and excess air for combustion of fuels; Mass and volume balance and
actual combustion; Exhaust gas analysis, A/F ratio; Energy balance for a chemical reaction; enthalpy
of formation, enthalpy of combustion and internal energy of combustion; combustion efficiency
adiabatic flame temperature; Lower and higher calorific value of fuel, numerical problems.
Air Standard Cycles
Assumptions during analysis of air standard cycles; Air standard cycles like- Carnot, Otto, Diesel,
Dual and Stirling cycles; Represent of cycles on P-V and T-S diagrams; Equations for efficiencies
and mean effective pressures; Comparison of Otto, diesel and Dual cycles; related simple numerical
problems;

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 67

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT-2 [12 hrs]
Testing of IC Engines
Performance of engines, objectives and parameters for testing of engines; Basic definitions of
Indicated power, Brake power, fuel consumption, BSFC and A/F ratio; Mechanical, Thermal,
Volumetric and Relative efficiencies of engines; Testing of two-stroke and four-stroke Sl and CI
engines for performance; Measurement of frictional power by various methods; study on heat balance
sheet and related numerical problems.
Gas Turbines and Jet Propulsion
Classification of Gas turbines; Gas turbine (Brayton) cycle; description and analysis of open cycle gas
turbine; Derivations of equations for efficiency, work ratio and Pressure ratio for maximum power
output; actual gas turbine cycles; Numerical problems; Methods to improve thermal efficiency of gas
turbines(no numerical); Jet propulsion and Rocket propulsion;
UNIT-3 [12 hrs]
Vapour Power Cycles
Simple steam power cycle; Carnot cycle and its limitations; Simple Rankine cycle; description on
T-S diagram, analysis for performance; Comparison of Carnot and Rankine cycle; actual Rankine
cycle; Effects of pressure and temperature on Rankine cycle performance; Ideal and practical
regenerative Rankine cycles, for closed feed water heaters; Reheat Rankine cycle; Numerical
problems;
Reciprocating Compressors
Classification of reciprocating compressors, Working of a single stage reciprocating air compressors;
Work input per cycle without clearance and with clearance volume with PV diagram, Effect of
clearance volume; Volumetric efficiency, Adiabatic, Isothermal and Mechanical efficiencies; Multi-
stage compression, advantages, saving in work, condition for minimum work, inter-cooling( perfect
and imperfect) minimum work for compression; Numerical problems;
UNIT-4 [12 hrs]
Refrigeration
Introduction, units of refrigeration, COP. Air cycle refrigeration; reversed Carnot cycle, reversed
Brayton cycle. Vapour compression refrigeration system; description, analysis, refrigerating effect,
capacity, power required, Refrigerants and their desirable properties, commonly used refrigerants.
Vapour absorption refrigeration system (no numerical on this topic). Numerical problems.
Psychrometry
Atmospheric air, moist air study of psychometric properties; Dry bulb temperature, wet bulb
temperature, dew point temperature; partial pressures, specific and relative humidifies and adiabatic
saturation temperature; Use of psychometric chart; Analysis of various psychometric processes;
sensible heating and cooling, dehumidifying and humidifying. Summer and winter air – conditioning
systems; Numerical problems.
Text Book:
1 Nag P.K. Basic & Applied Thermodynamics. Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co. 2002.
2 Rajput R.K, Thermal Engineering. Lakshmi publications.
Reference Book
1 Yunus A. Cenegal and Michael A. Boles, ―Thermodynamics -An Engineering Approach‖, Tata
McGraw-Hill.2002.
2 Mahesh M Rathore, ―Thermal Engineering‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, Prentice-hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
3 Guptha and Prakash, Engineering Thermodynamics

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 68

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
THEORY OF
BTME16F4400 MACHINES – I 16 HC 3 1 0 4 5
Final
Prerequisites: Basic Mathematics, Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Engineering Mechanics Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To familiarize students with basic types of mechanisms, joints and degrees of freedom to
perform position, velocity and acceleration analysis using graphical and analytical methods.
2. To provide students an understanding of different types of mechanisms.
3. To teach the basics of synthesis of simple mechanisms.
4. To teach students the kinematic analysis of cam-follower motion and gear train configurations.

Course Outcome:
After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of various mechanisms and pairs.

2. Do velocity and acceleration analysis of simple mechanisms.
3. Design a layout of cam for specified motion.
4. Synthesis simple mechanisms for function, path generation and body guidance
5. Demonstrate an understanding of principle of gears

Course Content:

UNIT-1 [12 hrs]

Introduction: Links-types, Kinematics pairs-classification, Constraints-types, Degrees of freedom of
planar mechanism, Grubler‘s equation, linkage mechanisms, inversions of four bar chain, slider crank
chain and double slider crank chain.
Mechanisms with Lower Pairs: Pantograph, Exact straight line motion mechanisms-Peaucellier‘s,
Hart and Scott Russell mechanisms, Approximate straight line motion mechanisms–Grass-Hopper,
Watt and Tchebicheff mechanisms, Hooke‘s joint, Davis gear mechanism. Analysis of Ackermann
steering gear mechanisms.

UNIT-2 [12 hrs]

Velocity in Mechanisms: Velocity of point in mechanism, Velocities in four bar mechanism, slider
crank mechanism and quick return motion mechanism, Rubbing velocity at a pin joint, Instantaneous
center method, relative velocity method Types & location of instantaneous centers, Kennedy‘s
theorem, Velocities in four bar mechanism & slider crank mechanism.
Acceleration in Mechanisms: Acceleration of a point on a link, Acceleration diagram, Coriolis
component of acceleration, Crank and slotted lever mechanism, Klein‘s construction for Slider Crank
mechanism and Four Bar mechanism, Analytical method for slider crank mechanism

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 69

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

UNIT -3 [12 hrs]

Gears : Classification & terminology, law of gearing, tooth forms & comparisons, Systems of gear
teeth, Analysis of spur gears, Length of path of contact, contact ratio, interference & under cutting in
involute gear teeth, minimum number of teeth on gear and pinion to avoid interference, Numericals
Gear Trains: Simple, compound, reverted and planetary gear trains, Sun and planet gear. Numericals

UNIT -4 [12 hrs]

CAMS: Cams and Followers - Classification & terminology, Cam profile by graphical methods with
knife edge and radial roller follower for uniform velocity, simple harmonic and parabolic motion of
followers,

Analytical methods of cam design – tangent cam with roller follower and circular cams with flat
faced follower

Text books:

1. Theory of Machines - Thomas Bevan,3rd edition,CBS publications.

2. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms- Shigley, 3rd edition Mc Graw Hill Book company
3. Theory of Machines – R S Khurmi & J K Gupta, 5th edition, S. Chand publications
4. Theory of Machines – R. K. Bansal , 6th edition, Laxmi Publications

Reference books:
1. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms-Ghosh & Mallik 3rdedition, East westpress
2. Theory of Machines-S.S. Rattan, 3rd edition, 2013,TMH publications
3. Kinematics of Machines-Dr. Sadhu singh, 2nd edition,Pearson Publication

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 70

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
MANUFACTURING
BTME16F4500 16 HC 3 0 0 3 3
TECHNOLOGY – II
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Manufacturing Technology-I Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. To study machine tools and basic machining processes.

2. To know the fundamentals of metal cutting and tool engineering.
3. To familiarize with modern machine tools.

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Understand chip forming processes such as turning, milling, drilling, etc.
2. Understand the design aspects of cutting Tools and Economics of machining.
3. Distinguish between the conventional and modern machine tools.

Course Content:

UNIT –1: Theory of Metal Cutting [12 hrs]

Nomenclature of lathe tool, mechanics of chip formation, Types of Chips ,orthogonal and oblique
cutting, Merchant circle diagram for cutting forces and shear angle relationship in orthogonal cutting,
factors affecting tool forces, Cutting speed, feed and depth of cut, surface finish. Tool Wear and Tool
failure, tool life and factors affecting, Taylor‘s Tool Life equation. Problems on cutting forces and tool
life evaluation.
Cutting Tool Materials and Cutting fluids: Characteristics of tool materials, various types of cutting
tool materials, cutting tool selection, Purpose and types of cutting fluids, effect of cutting fluid on tool
life, selections of cutting fluid. Heat generation in metal cutting, factors affecting heat generation, Heat
distribution in tool and work piece and chip, Measurement of tool tip temperature using tool work
thermocouple technique.

UNIT–2: Turning (Lathe), Shaping and Plaining Machines: [12 hrs]

Introduction, Classification of lathes, different operations on lathe, Specifications of lathe,
Constructional features of Turret and Capstan lathe. Shopping and planning machines-principle,
classification, Construction and working, Specification, Simple Problems on Machining time
calculations.
Drilling and Boring Machines: Principles of working, specifications, classification, construction and
working of bench and radial drilling machine, operations performed– twist drill – Types of twist drill
& drill bit nomenclature, drill materials, Calculations in drilling. Introduction to CNC machines -
Principles of operation, Advantages and disadvantages of CNC. Axes of NC machine-Coordinate
systems.

UNIT -3: Milling Machines & Grinding Machines: [12 hrs]

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 71

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Milling machine – Principles of working – specifications – classifications of milling machines –
Construction and working of horizontal, vertical and universal milling machines, Comparison between
upmilling and Down milling, milling operations, geometry of milling cutters –methods of indexing
Simple and compound, indexing. Simple problems on simple and compound indexing.

Grinding Machines: Introduction, Principle of working, Grinding machine –classification and

constructional teatures of cylindrical, Centreless and surface grinding machine –Different types of
abrasives, Grain size, bonding processes, grade and structure of grinding wheels, grinding wheel types
and selection of a grinding wheel , Grinding process parameters. Dressing and truing of grinding
wheels.

UNIT -4: Lapping, honing and broaching machines [12 hrs]

Lapping and Honing operations – Principles, arrangement of set up and application. Super finishing
process, polishing, buffing operation and application
Broaching: Principle of broaching, Details of a broach. Types of broaching machines-constructional
details. Applications, Advantages and Limitations.
Non Traditional machining: Need of NTM processes, Differences between conventional and non
conventional machining processes.Abrasive jet machining: Principles, applications, process
parameters. Ultrasonic machining: Principles, applications, analysis of process parameters. Electric
discharge machining: Principles, selection of tools materials and dielectric fluid. Electron beam
machining: Generation of electron beam, relative merits and demerits. Laser beam machining:
Principles and applications.

Text Books:
1. Workshop Technology, Hazara Choudhry, Vol-II, Media Promoters & Publishers Pvt. Ltd.
2004
2. Production Technology, R.K.Jain, Khanna Publications, 2003.
3. Production Technology, HMT, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2001.

Reference Books:
1. Manufacturing Science, Amitabha Ghosh and Mallik, affiliated East West Press, 2003.
2. Fundamentals of Metal Machining and Machine Tools, G.Boothroyd, McGraw Hill,
2000. 3. Principles of Machine Tools – G.C. Sen & A. Bhattacharya, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi
3. Manufacturing Engg. & Tech, Kalpakian, Serope Addison -Wisly Publishing Co.
New York.
4. Modern Machining Processes: P.C. Pandey & H.S. Shan, T.M.H. Company, New Delhi
5. Text Book of Production Engineering: P.C. Sharma, S.Chand & Sons
6. Manufacturing Technology – Metal cutting and machine Tools: P.N. Rao, T.M.H,
New Delhi

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 72

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
COMPUTER AIDED
BTME16F4600A MACHINE DRAWING 16 HC 1 0 2 3 5
Final
Prerequisites: Computer Aided Engineering Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Drawing Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. Understand drawing and develop capacity to represent any matter/object with the help of
picture.
2. Develop primary knowledge of working drawing.
3. Produce orthographic drawing of different machine parts.
4. Develop skill to produce assembly drawings.

Course Outcome:
After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Capability of understanding the graphical language.
2. Draw detailed schematic and simplified drawings in sections and elevation using ANSI
standards.
3. Be able to analyze and design common machine elements.
4. Become more familiar with the range and function of common machine elements.
5. Students should be able to apply this knowledge to generating new, innovative design

Course Content:

UNIT–1: Introduction to Geometrical Tolerance and Dimensioning (GD&T) [12 hrs]

Orthographic Views: Conversion of pictorial views into orthographic projections of simple machine
parts with or without section. (Bureau of Indian Standards conventions are to be followed for the
drawings).
Thread Forms: Thread terminology, sectional views of threads: ISO Metric (Internal & External)
BSW (Internal & External) square and Acme. Sellers thread, American Standard thread.

UNIT -2: [12 hrs]

Fasteners: Orthographic projection of Hexagonal headed bolt and nut with washer (assembly), square
headed bolt and nut with washer (assembly).
Keys & Riveted Joints : Parallel key, Taper key, Feather key, Gibhead key and Woodruff key. Single
and double riveted lap joints, butt joints with single/double cover straps (Chain and Zigzag, using snap
head rivets).

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 73

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT -3: [12 hrs]
Mechanical Joints: Cotter joint (socket and spigot), knuckle joint (pin joint) for two rods.
Couplings: Split Muff coupling, Protected type flanged coupling, pin (bush) type flexible coupling,
Oldham's coupling and universal coupling (Hooks' Joint)
UNIT –4: [12 hrs]
Assembly Drawing: Screw jack (Bottle type), Machine vice, Plummer block (Pedestal Bearing), I.C.
Engine connecting rod, Tailstock of lathe, Tool Head of a shaper, Rams Bottom Safety Valve, Feed
Check Valve.
Text Books:
1. 'Machine Drawing‘, K.R. Gopala Krishna, Subhash Publication, Bangalore,2013
2. 'Machine Drawing', N.D.Bhat & V.M.Panchal

Reference Books:
1. ' A Text Book of Computer Aided Machine Drawing', S. Trymbaka Murthy, CBS
Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.
2. ' CAD for engineers and designers', Sham Tickoo. Dream tech 2005
3. 'Machine Drawing', N. Siddeshwar, P. Kanniah, V.V.S. Sastri, published by Tata McGraw
Hill,2006

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 74

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

FLUID MECHANICS
BTME16F4600B 16 HC 2 1 0 3 4
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Physics Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To give an introduction and explain basic fundamentals of fluid mechanics. Also to learn fluid
properties and pressure measurements
2. To incorporate concepts of stability of floating and submerged bodies which are essential in the
field of shipping industries. To gain the knowledge of kinematics and dynamics of the fluids.
3. To know the applications of Bernoulli‘s equation like flow measuring devices, dimensional
analysis and also the flow behavior and losses in the pipes
4. The know the importance of Reynolds number, boundary layer theory and also to give an
introduction to compressible and Navier stokes equation

Course Outcome:
After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Utilize the properties of fluid and pressure concepts for various practical purposes
2. Find the stability and comfort conditions of the marine vehicles. To use the concepts of
Bernoulli equation and continuity equation for the various engineering purposes
3. Find the dependent and independent parameters for a model of fluid flow, analyze the
model and the prototype and also design the flow through pipes
4. Distinguish the laminar and turbulent flows, apply the knowledge of lift and drag forces in
aerospace industries

Course Content:

UNIT-1: [12 hrs]

Properties of Fluids: Introduction, types of fluid, properties of fluids, viscosity, compressibility,
surface tension, capillarity.
Fluid Statistics: Pascal‘s law, pressure variation in a static fluid, absolute, gauge, atmospheric and
vacuum pressures, simple and differential manometers. Total pressure and center of pressure on
submerged plane (horizontal, vertical and inclined) surfaces.
UNIT -2: [12 hrs]
Buoyancy, center of buoyancy, metacentre and metacentric height, equilibrium conditions of floating
and submerged bodies, determination of Metacentric height experimentally and theoretically.
Kinematics: Types of fluid flow, continuity equation in 2D and 3D (Cartesian Co-ordinates only),
velocity and acceleration, velocity potential function and stream function , simple problems.
Fluid Dynamics: Introduction equation of motion, Euler‘s equation of motion, along stream line and
Bernoulli‘s equation, limitations of Bernoulli‘s equation, simple problems..

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 75

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

UNIT -3: [12 hrs]

Fluid Flow Measurements : Venturi meter, orifice meter, pitot-tube, V-Notch and rectangular
notches, Dimensional Analysis : Introduction, Rayleigh‘s method, Buckingham theorem,
dimensionless numbers(only theory).
Flow through pipes : Minor losses through pipes(no derivations). Darey‘s and Chezy‘s equation for
loss of head due to friction in pipes. HGL and TEL, simple numerical.
UNIT -4: [12 hrs]
Laminar flow : Reyonold‘s number, critical Reynold‘s number, laminar flow through circular pipe-
Hagen Poiseille‘s equation, laminar flow between parallel and stationary plates. Flow past immersed
bodies : Drag, Lift, expression for lift and drag, boundary layer theory, definitions and expressions of
displacement, momentum and energy thickness.

Text Books:
1. Fluid Mechanics, Dr. Bansal, R.K.Lakshmi Publications, 2004.
2. Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulics Machines, P.N Modi and S.N
Seth,,19 Edition Standard Publishers Distributors (2013)

Reference Books:
1. Fluid Mechanics (SI Units), Yunus A. Cengel John M.Oimbala, 2nd Ed., Tata McGraw
2. Hill, 2006.
3. Fluid Mechanics, Oijush.K.Kundu, IRAM COCHEN, ELSEVIER, 3rd Ed. 2005.
4. Fluid Mechanics and hydraulics, Dr.Jagadishlal: Metropolitan Book Co-Ltd., 1997.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 76

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
MATERIAL
BTME16F4700A SCIENCE LAB 16 HC 0 0 2 2 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Prerequisites: None Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30
Course Objectives:
1. To prepare the specimen for metallographic examination
2. To study the wear characteristics of the given specimen
3. To study the tensile , compressive and shear prosperities of metals and non metals
4. To evaluate Brineel, Vicker‘s and Rockwell‘s hardness of the materials
5. To find impact strength of the given material
6. To find the endurance limit of the material

Course Out comes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Identify the type of material based on the microstructure using optical microscope.
2. Carry out wear test to find wear prosperities.
3. Find out the defects in the given specimen using Ultrasonic flaw detection, Magnetic crack
detection and Dye penetration test.
4. Find out tensile, compressive, torsional and bending properties of the given material using
UTM.
5. Find hardness of the given material
6. Find impact strength of the given material.

Course Content:
PART – A

1. Preparation of specimen for Metallograpic examination of different engineering materials.

Identification of microstructures of plain carbon steel, tool steel, gray C.I, SG iron, Brass,
Bronze & composites.

2. To study the wear characteristics of ferrous, non-ferrous and composite materials for different
parameters.
3. Non-destructive test experiments like,
a) Ultrasonic flaw detection
b) Magnetic crack detection
c) Dye penetration testing. To study the defects of Cast and Welded specimens

PART – B
1. Tensile, shear and compression tests of metallic and non metallic specimens using Universal
Testing Machine
2. Torsion Test
3. Bending Test on metallic and nonmetallic specimens.
4. Izod and Charpy Tests on M.S, C.I Specimen.
5. Brinell, Rockwell and Vickers‘s Hardness test.
6. Fatigue Test.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 77

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
METROLOGY AND
BTME16F4700B MEASUREMENT LAB 16 HC 0 0 2 2 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam Exam
Prerequisites: None Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30
Course Objectives:
1. Educate students on different measurement systems and on common types of errors.
2. Introduce different types of sensors, transducers and strain gauges used for measurement.
3. Give knowledge about thermocouples, thermometers and flow meters used for measurements
4. Introduce measuring equipment‘s used for linear and angular measurements.
5. Familiarize students with surface roughness measurements on machine components

Course Out comes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Choose the proper measuring instruments for the measurement of pressure, Force,
temperature, linear distance, speed, surface finish etc., using calibration technique
2. Measure the depth and thickness of the given gear tooth using gear tooth Vernier caliper.
3. Demonstrate the measurement of cutting forces, thread components, angular components.
4. Recognize screw thread parameters using floating carriage measuring machine
5. Analyze tolerance of drilled components using mechanical comparator Work in Quality
control and quality assurances divisions in industries
6. Distinguish the various interference patterns by using optical flat.

Course Content:
PART-A: MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS

1. Calibration of Pressure Gauge

2. Calibration of Thermocouple
3. Calibration of LVDT
4. Calibration of Load cell
5. Determination of modulus of elasticity of a mild steel specimen using strain gauges.

PART-B: INSTRUMENTATION
1. Measurements using Optical Projector / Toolmaker Microscope.
2. Measurement of angle using Sine Center / Sine bar / bevel protractor
3. Measurement of alignment using Autocollimator / Roller set
4. Measurement of cutting tool forces using
a) Lathe tool Dynamometer
b) Drill tool Dynamometer.
5. Measurement of Screw threads Parameters using Two wire or Three-wire method.
6. Measurements of Surface roughness, Using Tally Surf/Mechanical Comparator
7. Measurement of gear tooth profile using gear tooth vernier /Gear tooth micrometer
8. Calibration of Micrometer using slip gauges
9. Measurement using Optical Flats

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 78

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
MANUFACTURING
BTME16F4800A TECNOLOGY LAB 16 HC 0 0 2 2 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Prerequisites: None Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30

Course Objectives:

1. The course will introduce desirable properties of molding sand and establish its relevance
in preparing the sand mold.
2. To introduce the experimental procedure in determining the GFN, Permeability, Strength of
mold, moisture & clay content in sand sample, core hardness & mold hardness.
3. To bring in the effect of clay & water content on the various properties of molding sand.
4. To give students hands on practice in preparing the sand moulds (Cope & Drag box) using
single piece, split pattern and without using pattern.
5. To give students hands on practice in preparing forging models using open -hearth furnace by
performing upsetting, drawing & bending operation.

Course Out comes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Describe general properties of molding sand.

2. Illustrate the influence of Grain fineness of the silica sand used in the preparation of the mold
3. Determine the compression, shear, tensile strength & permeability of a molding sand for
different proportion of clay.
4. Determine the percentage of clay & moisture content for a given sand sample
5. Identify the different tools used in foundry & Forging practice with their uses
6. List the different stages involved in preparing the sand mold box & forged model
7. Create the sand mold cavity using cope & drag box with pattern or without pattern
8. Demonstrate the upsetting, drawing & bending operation in preparing the forged model

Course Content:

PART – A

1. Testing of Moulding sand and Core sand:

Preparation of sand specimens and conduction of the following tests:
a) Compression, Shear and Tensile tests on Universal Sand Testing Machine.
b) Permeability test
c) Core hardness & Mould hardness tests.
d) Sieve Analysis to find Grain Fineness number of Base Sand
e) Clay content determination in Base Sand

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 79

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

PART – B

2. Foundry Practice
a) Use of foundry tools and other equipments.
b) Preparation of moulds using two moulding boxes using patterns or without patterns.
(Split pattern, Match plate pattern and Core boxes).
c) Preparation of one casting (Aluminum or cast iron-Demonstration only)
PART – C

2. Forging Operations:

a) Calculation of length of the raw material required to do the model.

b) Preparing minimum three forged models involving upsetting, drawing and
bending operations.
c) Out of these three models, at least one model is to be prepared by using Power
Hammer.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 80

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
MACHINE SHOP-I 16
BTME16F4800B HC 0 0 2 2 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Prerequisites: Manufacturing Technology Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30
Course Objectives:

1. To understand various operations carry out through various machines.

2. To provide knowledge about various machine tools.
3. To learn turning, milling and shaping operations.
4. To prepare the model as per the given dimensions

Course Out comes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Identify the various operations require to prepare the model.

2. Select the suitable machine for a particular operation.
3. Prepare the specimen as per the given dimension for the given raw material.
4. Work in a manufacturing industry.

Course Contents:

Part-A
Preparation of various models on lathe involving Plain turning, Taper turning, Step turning,
Thread cutting, Facing, Knurling, Drilling, Boring, Internal Thread cutting and Eccentric turning.

PART-B
Cutting of V Groove/ dovetail/Rectangular groove using a shaper.
Cutting of Gear Teeth Using Milling Machine

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 81

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

FIFTH SEMESTER

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

BTME16F5100A 16 HC 3 1 0 4 5
TURBOMACHINERY
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Fluid Mechanics Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To provide a sound understanding of the comparison of positive displacement machine
and Turbo machine.
2. To provide knowledge about impact of jet on vanes.
3. To provide an understanding of energy transfer in turbo machinery.
4. To provide knowledge about general analysis of radial flow turbo machines.
5. To provide knowledge about general analysis of axial flow turbo machines.
6. To provide knowledge of design of hydraulic turbines and its characteristics.
7. To provide knowledge about design of centrifugal pumps
8. To provide knowledge of flow through nozzles.
9. To provide knowledge of design of steam turbines.

Course Outcome:
After completion of the course the student will be

1. Able to differentiate positive displacement machines and turbo machines.

2. Able to explain of Euler turbine equation and velocity triangles.
3. Able to draw velocity triangles of axial flow turbines and compressors.
4. Able to Analyze hydraulic turbines and centrifugal pumps.
5. Able to conduct performance test on various types of hydraulic turbines and pumps.

Course Content:

UNIT -1: [12 hrs]

Introduction: Definition of a Turbo machine; parts of a Turbo machine, classification, Comparison
with positive displacement machine; Dimensionless parameters and their physical significance;
Specific speed; Unit and specific quantities, model studies. Illustrative examples.
Impact of jets: Introduction, Force exerted by the jet on a stationary vertical plate, symmetrical and
unsymmetrical curved vane at centre and tangentially at one of the tip. Force exerted by the jet on a
moving vertical plate, force exerted by jet of water on unsymmetrical moving curved vane when jet
strikes at centre and tangentially at one of the tips. Force exerted by a jet of water on series of plate
(condition for maximum efficiency). Illustrative examples.

UNIT -2: Energy Transfer in Turbo Machine: [12 hrs]

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 82

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Euler Turbine equation; Alternate form of Euler turbine equation – components of energy transfer;
Degree of reaction, Utilization factor, Vane efficiency; Relation between utilization factor and degree
of reaction; Velocity triangles for different values of degree of reaction for axial flow turbines,
Velocity triangles and condition for maximum utilization factor – optimum blade speed ratio for
different types of turbine. Comparison of Energy transfer, Illustrative examples.
General analysis of Power absorbing turbo machines– General analysis of axial flow Compressors
and pumps , velocity triangles and general expression for degree of reaction, General analysis of
Centrifugal flow Compressors and pumps , velocity triangles and general expression for degree of
reaction , Theoretical head – capacity relationship, Types of centrifugal pump impeller. Illustrative
examples.

UNIT -3: Hydraulic Turbines: [12 hrs]

Classification; Different efficiencies; Pelton Turbine-velocity triangles, condition for maximum
efficiency, Design parameters; Francis turbine-velocity triangles, Design parameters; Function of a
Draft tube, types of draft tubes; Kaplan and Propeller turbines – Velocity triangles and Design
parameters. Illustrative examples.
Centrifugal Pumps: Classification and parts of centrifugal pump, different heads and efficiencies of
centrifugal pump, Minimum speed for starting the flow, Maximum suction lift, Net positive suction
head, Cavitation, Need for priming, Pumps in series and parallel, Illustrative examples.
UNIT-4: [12 hrs]
Steam Nozzles: Type of Nozzles- Flow Through Nozzles- Condition for Maximum Discharge-Nozzle
Efficiency- Super Saturated Flow in Nozzles- Relationship Between Area Velocity and Pressure in
Nozzle Flow. Illustrative examples.
Steam Turbines: Classification, Single stage impulse turbine, condition for maximum blade
efficiency, stage efficiency, Need and methods of compounding, Multi-stage impulse turbine,
expression for maximum utilization factor, Reaction turbine – Parsons‘s turbine, condition for
maximum utilization factor. Illustrative examples.

Text Books:
1. An Introduction to Energy Conversion, Volume III, Turbo machinery, V. Kadambi and
Manohar Prasad, New Age International Publishers, reprint 2008.
2. Turbines, Compressors & Fans, S. M. Yahya, Tata McGraw Hill Co. Ltd., 2nd edition, 2002

Reference Books:
1. Principals of Turbomachines, D. G. Shepherd, The Macmillan Company (1964).
2. Fluid Mechanics & Thermodynamics of Turbomachines, S. L. Dixon, Elsevier (2005).
3. Turbomachine, B.K.Venkanna PHI, New Delhi 2009.
4. Text Book of Turbomachines, M. S. Govindgouda and A. M. Nagaraj, M. M. Publications, 4Th
Ed,
2008.
5. Thermal Engineering, by R.K.Rajput., Laxmi Publications

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 83

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Duration Course Hrs./
Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
FINITE ELEMENT
BTME16F5100B 16 HC 3 1 0 4 5
METHOD
Prerequisites: Mathematics, Numerical Final
MACHINE DESIGN – II Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Methods, SOM Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To enable the students understand the mathematical and physical principles underlying
the Finite Element Method (FEM) as applied to solid mechanics, heat transfer and fluid
flow problems.
2. Provide systematic and comprehensive knowledge of basics of Finite element method
as an analysis tool.
3. To teach the students the characteristics of various elements and selection of
suitable elements for the problems being solved.
4. To make the students derive finite element equations for simple and complex
elements.

Course Outcome:
After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Understand the different types of analysis methods

2. Analyze the bar and beam problems by Euler-Lagrange equations
3. Understand principle of minimum potential energy
4. Analyze the bar problems using elimination and penalty approach
5. Apply Lagranage‘s equation for Higher order elements
6. Solve truss problems using elimination approach
7. Derive Hermite Shape function and apply it to solve beam problems
8. Apply FEM method to solve 1D heat transfer problems
UNIT – 1 [12 hrs]

Introduction: Introduction to finite difference method and finite elements method, Advantages and
limitations, Mathematical formulation of FEM, Steps involved in FEM, Different approaches in Finite
Element Method - Direct Stiffness approach, simple examples, Variational approach, Elements of
variational calculus -Euler Lagrange equation, Rayliegh Ritz method, Weighted Residual methods,
Galarkin method.

UNIT – 2 [12 hrs]

Interpolation Models: Interpolation polynomials- Linear, quadratic and cubic. Simplex complex and
multiplex elements.2D PASCAL‘s triangle. CST elements-Shape functions and Nodal load vector,
Strain displacementmatrix and Jacobian for triangular element.

Solution of 1-D Bars: Solutions of bars and stepped bars for displacements, reactions and stresses by
using penalty approach and elimination approach. Guass-elimination technique.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 84

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

UNIT –3 [12 hrs]

Higher Order Elements: Lagrange‘s interpolation, Higher order one dimensional elements-Quadratic
and cubic element and their shape functions. Shape function of 2-D quadrilateral element-linear,
quadric element Iso parametric, Sub parametric and Super parametric elements. Numerical integration
: 1 and 2 gauge point for 1D case.

Trusses: Stiffness matrix of Truss element. Numerical problems

UNIT – 4 [12 hrs]

Beams: Hermite shape functions for beam element, Derivation of stiffness matrix. Numerical
problems of beams carrying concentrated, UDL and linearly varying loads.

Heat Transfer: Steady state heat transfer, 1D heat conduction governing equations. Functional
approach for heat conduction. Galerkin‘s approach for heat conduction.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Finite Elements in Engineering, T.R.Chandrupatla, A.D Belegunde, 3rd Ed PHI.

2. Finite Element Analysis, S.S. Bhavikatti, New Age International publishers,2006

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. “Finite Element Methods for Engineers” U.S. Dixit, Cengage Learning, 2009
2. Concepts and applications of Finite Element Analysis, R.D. Cook D.S Maltus, M.E Plesha,
R.J.Witt, Wiley 4th Ed, 2009
3. Finite Element Methods, Daryl. L. Logon, Thomson Learning 3rd edition, 2001.
4. Finite Element Method, J.N.Reddy, McGraw -Hill International Edition.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 85

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Duration Course Hrs./
Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

THEORY OF MACHINES-II
BTME16F5200A 16 HC 3 1 0 4 5

Prerequisites: Theory of Machine-I, Engineering Final

Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Mechanics, Strength of Materials Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To understand the synthesis and analysis of common mechanisms and concepts of turning
moment diagrams, flywheel design
2. To understand the dynamics of engines, balancing of rotating and reciprocating masses, rotors
and engines.
3. To study and realizations of speed control devices and their characteristics
4. To understand the working of mechanisms based on friction and its application
5. To develop the techniques of complete anatomy of all machineries

Course Outcome:
After completion of the course Student will be able to
1. Perform dynamic analysis of mechanisms like slider crank mechanism, four bar mechanism, IC
engine and steam engine.
2. Do balancing of masses in rotation as well as reciprocating masses, rotors and engines.
3. Analyze and design of different types of governors and calculate gyroscopic couple.
4. Calculate frictional torque in different bearings, brakes and dynamometers and analyze belt
drives.
5. Formulate the dynamic analysis of various machines like IC engine, steam engine, governors,
gyroscopes, rotating masses, dynamometers.

Course Content

UNIT -1 [12 hrs]

Static & Dynamic Force Analysis : Static equilibrium of two/three force members, Static equilibrium
of member with two forces and torque, Static force analysis of linkages, D‘Alembert‘s principle,
Equivalent offset inertia force, Dynamic force analysis of four link mechanism and slider crank
mechanism, Engine force analysis- Piston and crank effort

Turning Moment & Flywheel: Turning moment on crankshaft, Turning moment diagrams-single
cylinder double acting steam engine, four stroke IC engine and multi-cylinder steam engine,
Fluctuation of energy, Design of Flywheel.

UNIT -2: [12 hrs]

Balancing of Machines: Balancing of rotating masses: Static and dynamic balancing, Balancing of
several masses in the same plane and different planes,

Balancing of reciprocating masses: Balancing of primary force in reciprocating engine, Partial

balancing of two cylinder locomotives, inline and V-engine, Swaying couple, hammer blow.
Numerical
Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 86
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT -3: [12 hrs]
Governors: Introduction, Principles, Types of governors, Terminology, Porter & Hartnell governor,
Sensitivity, Stability, Hunting, Isochronism, Effort and Power of governor, controlling force diagrams.
Numerical.

UNIT -4: [12 hrs]

Gyroscopic Motion: Principles, Gyroscopic torque, Effect of gyroscopic couple on the stability of
aero planes, ship & automobiles (two & four wheelers).

Text books:

1. Theory of Machines - Thomas Bevan,3rd edition,CBS publications.

2. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms- Shigley, 3rd edition Mc Graw Hill Book company
3. Theory of Machines – R S Khurmi & J K Gupta, 5th edition, S. Chand publications
4. Theory of Machines – R. K. Bansal , 6th edition, Laxmi Publications

Reference books:

1. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms-Ghosh & Mallik 3rdedition, East west press
2. Theory of Machines-S.S. Rattan, 3rd edition, 2013,TMH publications
3. Kinematics of Machines-Dr. Sadhu Singh, 2nd edition, Pearson Publication

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 87

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Duration Course Hrs./
Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

HEAT AND MASS

BTME16F5200B 16 HC 3 1 0 4 5
TRANSFER
Prerequisites: Thermodynamics & Fluid Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Mechanics Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. Provide sound understanding of the basic principles and laws governing the heat and mass
transfer.
2. To familiarize with the various modes of heat transfer, combined heat transfer processes and
special heat transfer processes.
3. To provide capability to analyze and solve practical problems from basic principles and
provide numerical solutions.
4. To analyze complex heat transfer problems and provide solutions using heat transfer data hand
book.
5. Carryout analysis of boiling and condensation phenomenon and design heat transfer
equipments.
6. Conduct experiments related to various heat transfer processes and heat exchangers and
analyze measurement data.

Course Outcome:

After completion of this course the students will be able to

1. Understanding of the basic principles and laws governing the heat and mass transfer.
2. Knowledge of the various modes of heat transfer, combined heat transfer processes and special
heat transfer processes and its application.
3. Capability to analyze and solve practical problems from basic principles and provide
numerical solutions.
4. Capability to analyze complex heat transfer problems and provide solutions using heat transfer
data hand book.
5. Capability to analyze and provide solutions for the design of heat transfer equipment.
6. Familiarization with the experimental methodology and ability to solve problems.

Course Content

UNIT -1: [12 hrs]

Introduction: Modes of Heat Transfer, Basic Laws of Heat Transfer, Overall Heat Transfer
Coefficient, thermal contact resistance, Boundary Conditions, 3-D Conduction Equation in Cartesian
Coordinates, Discussion On 3-D Conduction Equation in Cylindrical and Spherical Coordinate
Systems (No Derivation). 1-D steady state heat conduction without heat generation through plane
slabs, cylinders and spheres with uniform thermal conductivity ( no derivation). Heat transfer through
composite wall, cylinder and sphere and applications, contact thermal resistance. Numerical.
critical thickness of insulation without heat generation. Theory of Fins-Types of fins, Governing
equations for different conditions of fins(no derivations), Fin effectiveness and fin efficiency,
Numerical examples. One –Dimensional Transient Conduction: Lumped parameter Analysis, Use of
Heisler‘s Charts for transient conduction in plane slab, long cylinder and sphere. Numerical examples.
Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 88
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

UNIT -2: [12 hrs]

Concepts and basic relations in boundary layers: Hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layers over
flat plate, critical Reynolds number, local heat transfer coefficient, average heat transfer coefficient,
Flow inside a duct, hydrodynamic and thermal entrance lengths.
Natural or Free convection: Application of dimensional analysis for free convection –physical
significance of Grasshoff number, use of correlations in free convection for horizontal, vertical flat
plates, cylinders and spheres. Numerical examples.
Forced convection heat transfer: Application of dimensional analysis for forced convection
problems. Physical significance of Reynolds, Prandtl, Nusselt and Stanton numbers. Use of
correlations for hydro-dynamically and thermally developed flows in case of a flow over a flat plate, a
cylinder and sphere. Numerical examples.

UNIT -3: [12 hrs]

Radiation Heat Transfer: Thermal radiation; definitions of various terms used in radiation heat
transfer; Stefan-Boltzmann law, Kirchhoff‘s law, Planck‘s law and Wien‘s displacement law.
Radiation heat exchange between two parallel infinite gray surfaces; effect of radiation shield;
intensity of radiation and solid angle; Lambert‘s law; radiation heat exchange between two finite
surfaces configuration factor or view factor. Numerical problems.
Mass transfer: Definition and terms used in mass transfer analysis, Fick‘s First law of diffusion ,
(no numerical).

UNIT -4: [12 hrs]

Heat Exchangers: Classification of heat exchangers; overall heat transfer coefficient, fouling and
fouling factor; LMTD, Effectiveness-NTU methods of analysis of heat exchangers. Numerical
examples.
Condensation And Boiling: Types of condensation (discussion only) Nusselt‘s theory for laminar
condensation on a vertical flat surface(no derivations) use of correlations for condensation on vertical
flat surfaces, horizontal tube and horizontal tube banks; Reynolds number for condensate flow;
regimes of pool boiling, pool boiling correlations. Numerical examples.

Text books:
1. Heat & Mass transfer, Tirumaleshwar, Pearson education 2006
2. Heat transfer-A basic approach, Ozisik, Tata McGraw Hill 2002

Reference books:
1. Heat transfer, a practical approach, Yunus A- Cengel Tata Mc Graw Hill
2. Principles of heat transfer, Kreith Thomas Learning 2001
3. Fundamentals of heat and mass transfer, Frenk P. Incropera and David P. Dewitt, John Wiley
and son‘s.
4. Heat transfer, P.K. Nag, Tata McGraw Hill 2002.
5. Heat and mass transfer, Mahesh M Rathore, Laxmi publications.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 89

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Duration Course Hrs./
Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

BTME16F5300 MACHINE DESIGN-I 16 HC 3 1 0 4 5

Prerequisites: Engineering Mechanics, Final

Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Material Science, Strength of Materials Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. To introduce the students to the fundamental concepts of the mechanical design and to various
codes and standards related to engineering materials.
2. To make the students to learn about the usage of Design Data Hand book.
3. To carry out the design of various machine members subjected to static, impact and fatigue loads.
4. To understand the importance of design of shaft subjected to torsion, bending etc.,
5. To get acquainted with the design process of various machine members like keys, joints,
couplings,
Riveted and welded joints, threaded fasteners, power screws.

Course Outcome:
After completion of this course the student will be able to
1. Better understanding of fundamental concepts related to the mechanical design.
2. Knowledge about the design of various machine elements subjected to static, impact and fatigue
loads.
3. Detailed procedure of the design process of machine members like keys, joints, couplings,
riveted and welded joints, threaded fasteners, power screws.

Course Content

UNIT- 1 [12 hrs]

Introduction: Types of mechanical engineering designs, Design Cycle, Engineering Materials and
their mechanical properties, Selection of suitable materials for design, Design considerations, Codes
and Standards (BIS designation of materials), Meaning of normal, shear, biaxial and tri axial stresses,
Principal Stresses.

Design against Static & Impact Strength: Factor of safety, Theories of failure-Numerical, Stress
concentration-Determination of Stress Concentration factor. Impact Strength- Introduction, Impact
stresses due to axial, bending and tensional loads- Numerical.

UNIT- 2 [12 hrs]

Design against Fatigue Strength: Introduction, S-N Diagram, Low cycle fatigue, High cycle fatigue,
Endurance limit, Modifying factors: size effect, surface effect, effect of notch sensitivity, Design based
on Soderberg‘s and Goodman‘s relationship, fatigue design under combined loading,- Numerical.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 90

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Design of Shafts: Torsion of shafts, design for strength and rigidity with steady loading, ASME codes
for power transmission shafting, shafts under combined loads (Bending & Tensional), Simple
Numerical.

UNIT- 3 [12 hrs]

Threaded Fasteners: Stresses in threaded fasteners, Effect of initial tension, Design of threaded
fasteners subjected to static loads, Design of eccentrically loaded bolted joints.
Cotter and Knuckle Joints, Keys and Couplings: Design of Cotter and Knuckle joints, Keys: Types
of keys, Design of keys,
Couplings: Rigid and flexible couplings, Flange coupling, Bush and Pin type coupling and Oldham‘s
coupling.

UNIT- 4 [12 hrs]

Riveted and Welded Joints – Types, rivet materials, failures of riveted joints, Joint Efficiency, Boiler
Joints, Lozanze Joints, Riveted Brackets. Welded Joints – Types, Strength of butt and fillet welds,
eccentrically loaded welded joints.
Power Screws: Mechanics of power screw, Stresses in power screws, efficiency and self-locking,
Design of Power Screw, Design of major parts of Screw Jack.

Text Books:

1. Design of Machine Elements, V.B. Bhandari, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,
New Delhi.
2. Machine Design, R.S. Khurmi & J.K.Gupta, S. Chand Publications.

Reference Books:
1. Machine Design, Dr.P.C.Sharma & Dr.D.K.Agarwal,S.K.Kataria and Sons, New Delhi.
2. Mechanical Engineering Design, Joseph E Shigley and Charles R. Mischke. McGraw Hill
International edition, 6th Edition 2009.

Design Data Handbook:

1. Design Data Hand Book, K. Lingaiah, McGraw Hill, 2nd Ed.
2. Data Hand Book, K. Mahadevan and Balaveera Reddy, CBS Publication
3. Design Data Hand Book, H.G. Patil, I. K. International Publisher, 2010.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 91

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
HYDRAULICS &
BTME16F5400 PNEUMATICS 16 HC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Fluid Mechanics Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60
Course Objectives
1. To provide a sound understanding of the working of hydraulic and pneumatic systems.
2. To provide an understanding of energy transfer in hydraulic actuators and motors
3. To provide knowledge about controlling components of hydraulic and pneumatic systems.
4. To provide knowledge of design of hydraulic and pneumatic systems and analyze them.
5. To introduce the concept of signal processing elements and control.

Course Outcomes
After completion of the course student will be able to
1. Get knowledge about working of hydraulic and pneumatic systems.
2. Become aware about controlling components of hydraulic and pneumatic systems.
3. Have good understanding in selection, preparation and distribution of compressed air.
4. Be capable to compile the design of hydraulic and pneumatic systems and analyze them.
5. Demonstrate the need of pressure and time dependent controls.

Course Content

UNIT -1 Fluid Power Systems and Fundamentals [12 hrs]

Introduction to fluid power, Advantages of fluid power, Application of fluid power system. Types of
fluid power systems, Properties of hydraulic fluids – General types of fluids – Fluid power symbols.
Basics of Hydraulics-Applications of Pascal‘s Law, Structure of Hydraulic System.

UNIT -2 Hydraulic System & Components [12 hrs]

Sources of Hydraulic Power: Pumping theory – Pump classification – Gear pump, Vane Pump, Piston
pump, construction and working of pumps – pump performance – Variable displacement pumps. Fluid
Power Actuators: Linear hydraulic actuators – Types of hydraulic cylinders – Single acting, Double
acting

UNIT -3 Pneumatic Systems and Components [12 hrs]

Pneumatic Components: Properties of air – Compressors – Filter, Regulator, Lubricator Unit – Air
control valves, Quick exhaust valves, pneumatic actuators. Fluid Power Circuit Design, Speed control
circuits, synchronizing circuit, Pneumatic and Hydraulic circuit

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 92

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

UNIT -4 Design of Pneumatic Circuits [12 hrs]

Servo systems – Hydro Mechanical servo systems, Electro hydraulic servo systems and proportional
valves. Fluidics – Introduction to fluidic devices, simple circuits, Introduction to Electro Hydraulic
Pneumatic logic circuits, ladder diagrams, PLC applications in fluid power control. Fluid power
circuits; failure and troubleshooting.

Text Books:
1. Anthony Esposito, Fluid Power with Applications, Pearson Education 2000.
2. Majumdar S.R., Oil Hydraulics, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi 2009.

References:
1. Majumdar S.R., Pneumatic systems – Principles and maintenance, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi 2005.
2. Anthony Lal, Oil hydraulics in the service of industry, Allied publishers, 1982.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 93

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
PRINCIPLES OF
BTME16F5500 16 HC 3 0 0 3 3
MANAGEMENT
Final
Prerequisites: None Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objective
1. The course is to provide the students, with an opportunity to gain the knowledge in the field of
management by its history, evolution, functions and theories.
2. To learn the effective methods of better utilization of resources (men, machine, material and
money) for the successful enterprise.
3. The aim of the course is to provide the students, with an opportunity to gain the knowledge in
the field of entrepreneur, entrepreneurship and management of resources.
4. The student learns the function, types, role of entrepreneur in economic growth of a country.
And also studies the different stages of entrepreneurial process.
5. The course is to provide the students, with an opportunity to gain the knowledge to start up
small scale industries with the support (consultancy & finance) from government, institutes &
others.
6. To learn the effect of WTO/GATT and government policies (industrial policy regulations) on
small scale industries for their development.
7. To learn the project identification, project selection & project formation by following guide
lines of planning commission.
8. To learn the methods of analysis of the project (interns of market, technical, financial & social
feasibility study) and put it in the report form

Course Outcome
1. Students should understand the necessity of management in the field if engineering
2. Students should realize the importance of entrepreneurship in the modern world
3. Students should understand the definition, characteristics and role of SSI in economic
development. Impact of privatization and globalization on SSIs.
4. Students should understand the meaning of project and project identification.
5. They should analyse the parameters of project like project appraisal, identification of business
opportunities, market feasibility study, technical feasibility study etc.
6. Students should understand the concept of management as a science, art and profession.
7. They should appreciate the role of planning in management.
8. To understand the basic function of management such as planning, organizing, staffing,
recruitment, directing, controlling etc.
9. To know about the procedure, support available from various agencies, Govt to start SSI.
10. To understand the requirement to become a good manager in order to manage the organization
in a better way.

Course Content
UNIT -1: [12 hrs]
Management- Introduction, Meaning, nature and characteristics of management. Scope & functional
areas of management. Management as a science, art or profession. Management and Administration,
Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 94
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Role of management, Levels of management, early management approaches, and Modern
management approaches
Planning-Nature, Importance and purpose of planning process, Objectives, types of plans (meaning
only) Steps in planning, Planning premises, Hierarchy of plans

UNIT -2: [12 hrs]

Organizing and Staffing-Nature and purpose of organization, Principles of organization, Types of
organization – Departmentation, Committees – centralization V/s decentralization of authority and
responsibility, Span of control- MBO and MBE, Nature and importance of staffing, Process of
selection and recruitment
Directing & Controlling-Meaning and nature of directing, leadership styles, Motivation theories,
Communication- meaning and importance, Co-ordination, meaning and importance, techniques of
coordination, Meaning and steps in controlling, Essentials of a sound control system, methods of
establishing control.

UNIT -3: [12 hrs]

Entrepreneurship-Meaning of entrepreneur, evaluation of the concept, function of an entrepreneur,
types of entrepreneur, entrepreneurship, concept of entrepreneurship, evolution of entrepreneurship,
development of entrepreneurship, Stages in entrepreneurial process, Role of entrepreneurs in economic
development entrepreneurship in India, Entrepreneurship - its barriers, limitations of entrepreneurs.
Small Scale Industry: Definition, characteristics, types, role of SSI in economic development. Steps
to start an SSI – Govt. policy towards SSI, different policies of SSI, Govt. support for SSI, Impact of
liberalization, privatization, globalization on SSI, Effect of WTO/ GATT, supporting agencies of
Govt. for SSI, Ancillary industry and tiny industry (Definitions and objectives only)

UNIT -4: [12 hrs]

Institutional Support-Different Schemes, TECKSOK, KIADB, KSSIDC, KSIMC, DIC, Single
window Agency, SISI, NSIC, SIDBI, KSFC.
Preparations for a Project-Meaning of Project; Project Identification Project Selection, Project
Report, Need and significance of Report, contents, Formulation Guidelines by Planning Commission
for Project report, Network Analysis; Errors of Project Report, Project Appraisal, Identification of
Business Opportunities, market Feasibility Study, Technical Feasibility study, Financial Feasibility
Study & Social Feasibility study.

Text Books:
1. Principles of Management, PC Tripati, P N Reddy,–Tata Mc Graw Hill, 3rd edition 2005.
2. Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development & Management, Vasant Desai Himalaya Publishing
House, 2nd edition 2006
3. Entrepreneurship Development–small Business Enterprises Poornima M Charanthmath,
Pearson Education –3rd edition 2005

Reference Books:
1. Management Fundamentals, Robert Lusier–Concepts, Application, Skill Development, 1st
edition. 2006
2. Entrepreneurship Development, S S Khanka S Chand & Co, 4th edition2005 Management,
Stephon Robbins Pearson Education/PHI 17th Edition 2003.
3. Principles of Management by Koontz and O‘Donnell, TMH
4. Management – Stephen Robbins – Pearson Education/PHI – 17th

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 95

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
INTERNAL COMBUSTION
BTME16F5610 16 HC 3 0 0 3 3
ENGINES
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: None Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course objectives:
1 To introduce students to the working of spark ignition and compression ignition engines.
2. To teach students about the usage of alternate fuels for IC engines.
3. To enhance the understanding of students in engine emissions, pollution and their control.
4. To introduce students to the recent trends in IC Engines like stratification, multi point injection,
plasma ignition etc

Course Outcome:

After the completion of the course Student will be able to:

1. Determine performance and combustion characteristics of SI and CI engines.
2. Identify the usage of alternate fuels and power plants for automobiles.
3. Determine emissions from SI and CI engines.
4. Demonstrate the ability to enhance the efficiency and performance of IC engines.

Course Content:

UNIT -1: [12 hrs]

Spark Ignition Engines: Spark ignition Engine mixture requirements - Feedback Control Carburetors
–Properties of Fuel - Injection systems –Mono point and Multipoint injection – Gasoline Direct
Injection.
Combustion is SI engine: Stages of combustion –Ignition Lag-Flame propagation- Normal and
Abnormal combustion- Detonation or knock-Factors affecting knock - Combustion Chambers types
and designs.

UNIT -2: [12 hrs]

Properties of Fuel: Fuel sprays behavior - spray structure - spray penetration and evaporation – Air
motion - Turbo charging – Supercharging, objectives, super charging of CI Engine -Cooling and
Lubrication Systems.
Compression Ignition Engines: States of combustion in C.I. Engine - Diesel knock methods of
controlling diesel knock- Direct and indirect injection systems – Combustion chambers type and
design.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 96

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT -3: [12 hrs]
Engine emissions and their control: Pollutant - Sources and types - formation of NOx -
Hydrocarbon Emission Mechanism - Carbon Monoxide Formation - Particulate emissions - Methods
of controlling Emissions- Catalytic converters and Particulate Traps-Selective Catalytic
Reduction(SCR)-Diesel Oxidation Catalyst(DOC)-Methods of measurements – Emission Norms and
Driving cycles. Diesel smoke and its control- Diesel odour and its control.

UNIT -4: [12 hrs]

Alternate Fuels and Recent trends in IC engines: Alcohol - Hydrogen - Natural Gas and Liquefied
Petroleum Gas – Biodiesel- Biogas- Properties - Suitability - Engine Modifications - Merits and
Demerits as fuels.
Recent trends in IC engines: LHR Engines-Learn Burn Engines Stratified charge spark ignition
engine – Homogeneous charge compression Ignition- Plasma Ignition – Electric/Hybrid Vehicles-
Electronic Engine Management.

Text books

1 R.B.Mathur and R.P.Sharma, (2002), Internal Combustion Engines., Dhanpat Rai & Sons
2. Ganesan V. (1999), Internal Combustion Engines, Tata McGraw Hill.
Reference books
1. Colin R.Feriguson, and Allan.T.Kirkpatrik, (2000), I.C.engines Applied Thermo sciences
2. John B. Heywood, (2000), Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, McGraw Hill.
3. Rowland S.Benson and N.D.White house, (2000) Internal combustion Engines, Vol. I and II,
Pergamon Press.
4. Richard.L.Bechfold, Alternative Fuels Guide Book, SAE International Warrendale,1997.
5. ―Alcohols as motor fuels progress in technology‖ - Series No.19 - SAE Publication

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 97

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
PROCESSING OF MATERIALS
BTME16F5620 IN MANUFACTURING 16 HC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Prerequisites: Material Science Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60
Course Objectives:

1. To provide students with fundamental concepts of material processing in engineering

2. To introduce them to metal casting processes and composite reinforcement

Course Outcome:
After the completion of the course Student will be able to
1. Understand advanced manufacturing processes
2. Possess the knowledge of fibre reinforcement and techniques

Course Content:

UNIT -1: [12 hrs]

Introduction to the course and design projects, Intro. To CAD/CAM, engineering materials. Rapid
prototyping; Stereolithography (STL), 3D ink jet printing, Fused-Deposition Method (FDM),
Manufacturing polymers (plastics)

UNIT - 2: [12 hrs]

Manufacturing Processes Classifications, Mechanical properties of material and most commonly
materials used. Design for Manufacture and Assembly, Introduction to Computer Numerical Control
(CNC), Controllers, tool path, part programming. CNC – Electrical - Discharge Machining (EDM),
CNC – Laser and water jet machining

UNIT -3: [12 hrs]

Metal-Casting processes; Expendable mold, Permanent mold, Design consideration for casting, Bulk
deformation process – Forging, Bulk deformation process – Rolling, Bulk deformation process
– Extrusion, wire drawing, Sheet metal forming – Design considerations, Powder Metallurgy, design
considerations

UNIT -4: [12 hrs]

Composites; reinforcement fibers, matrix material, Machining processes, Fabrication techniques for
composites, powder metallurgy, stir casting, Injection molding, Filament winding, Pultrusion.

Textbooks:
1. Kalpakjian, S., and Schmid, S.R., Manufacturing Processes for Engineering Materials, 5th edition,
Prentice Hall Publishers, 2008
2. George E. Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 98

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
STATISTICAL QUALITY
BTME16F5630 16 HC 3 0 0 3 3
CONTROL
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: None Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. Introduce the concept of SQC
2. Understand process control and acceptance sampling procedure and their application.
3. Learn the concept of reliability

Course Outcome:
After the completion of the course the students will be able to:
1. Understand the attributes in process control.
2. Appreciate the role of sampling procedure.
3. Understand the system reliability.

Course Content:

UNIT -1 Introduction and Process Control for Variables [12 hrs]

Introduction, definition of quality, basic concept of quality, definition of SQC, benefits and limitation
of SQC, Quality assurance, Quality cost-Variation in process- factors – process capability
– process capability studies and simple problems – Theory of control chart- uses of control chart –
Control chart for variables – X chart, R chart and σ chart.

UNIT -2 Process Control for Attributes [12 hrs]

Control chart for attributes –control chart for proportion or fraction defectives – p chart and np chart –
control chart for defects – C and U charts, State of control and process out of control identification in
charts.

UNIT -3 Acceptance Sampling: [12 hrs]

Lot by lot sampling – types – probability of acceptance in single, double, multiple sampling techniques
– O.C. curves – producer‘s Risk and Consumer‘s Risk. AQL, LTPD, AOQL concepts- standard
sampling plans for AQL and LTPD- uses of standard sampling plans.

UNIT -4 Life Testing – Reliability [12 hrs]

Life testing – Objective – failure data analysis, Mean failure rate, mean time to failure, mean time
between failure, hazard rate, system reliability, series, parallel and mixed configuration – simple
problems. Maintainability and availability – simple problems. Acceptance sampling based on
reliability test – O.C Curves.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 99

 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Reliability improvements – techniques- use of Pareto analysis – design for reliability – redundancy
unit and standby redundancy – Optimization in reliability – Product design – Product analysis –
Product development – Product life cycles.

Use of software tool for data analysis-hand‘s on.

Text Books:
1. Grant, Eugene .L Statistical Quality Control, McGraw-Hill, 7th Edition 2006.
2. L .S.Srinath, Reliability Engineering, Affiliated East west press, 4th Edition , 2009.

References:
1. Monohar Mahajan, Statistical Quality Control, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, 2001.
2. R.C.Gupta, Statistical Quality control, Khanna Publishers,6th Edition , 2003.
3. Besterfield D.H., Quality Control, Prentice Hall, 1993.
4. Sharma S.C., Inspection Quality Control and Reliability, Khanna Publishers, 2002.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 100
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
POWER PLANT
BTME16F5640 16 HC 3 0 0 3 3
ENGINEERING
Prerequisites: None Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To exposure various methods of power generation using various resources.
2. To understand working principle and components used in power generation.
3. To know benefits and limitations of various types of power plants.
4. To know parameters to be considered for starting the power plant.

Course Outcome:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Explain the working principle of the power plant.
2. Define the necessity of particular method of power generation.
3. Judge the suitable power plant for suitable place.
4. Identify the components and its application.

Course Content:

UNIT – 1 [12 hrs]

Steam Power Plant: Different types of fuels used for steam generation, Equipment for burning coal in
lump form, stokers, different types, Equipment for preparation and burning of pulverized coal, unit
system and bin system. Pulverized fuel furnaces, cyclone furnace.

Coal, Ash Handling and Different Types of Boilers : Coal and Ash handling, Generation of steam
using forced circulation, high and supercritical pressures.

UNIT – 2 [12 hrs]

Chimneys, A brief account of La Mount, Benson, Velox, Schmidt, Loeffer and Ramson steam
generators. Cooling Towers And Ponds: Natural, forced, induced and balanced draft. Accessories for
The Steam Generator such as super-heaters, de-super heater, Economizers, Air Pre-heaters Study of
different types of cooling towers and ponds.

Diesel Engine Power Plant: Method of starting diesel engines, Cooling and lubrication system for the
diesel engine. Filters, centrifuges, Oil heaters, Intake and exhaust system, Layout of a diesel power
plant .

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 101
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT -3 [12 hrs]
Hydro-Electric Plants: Storage and pondage, flow duration and mass curves, hydrographs, Low,
medium and high head plants, pumped storage plants, Penstock, water hammer, surge tanks, gates and
valves, power house, general layout. A brief description of some of the important Hydel Installations
in India., Numerical

Nuclear Power Plant: Principles of release of nuclear energy Fusion and fission reactions. Nuclear
fuels used in the reactors. Elements of the Nuclear reactor, Moderator, control rod, fuel rods, coolants.
Brief description of reactors of the following types - Pressurized water reactor, Boiling water reactor,
Sodium graphite reactor, Homogeneous graphite reactor and gas cooled reactor, Radiation hazards,
Radio active waste disposal.

UNIT – 4 [12 hrs]

Choice of site for power station, load estimation, load duration curve, load factor, capacity factor, use
factor, diversity factor, demand factor, Effect of variable load on power plant, selection of the number
and size of units.

Economic Analysis of power plant: Cost of energy production, selection of plant and generating
equipment, performance and operating characteristics of power plants, tariffs for electrical energy.

Text Books:
1. Power Plant Engineering, P.K Nag, 3rd Ed. Tata McGraw Hill2nded 2001,
2. Power Plant Engineering. Morse F.T., Van Nstrand.1998

Reference books:

1. Water Power Engg., Edition 3, Barrows, TMH, New Delhi. 1998

2. Plant Engg. Hand Book, Stanier, McGraw Hill. 1998
3. Hydraulic Machines, Jagadish Lal, Metropollitan Co 1996.
4. Principles of Energy Conversion, A.W. Culp Jr., McGraw Hill. 1996
5. Power Plant Technology, M.M. EL-Wakil, McGraw Hill, International. 1994
6. Power Station Engg. Economics, Skrotizke and V opat. 1994
7. Power Plant Engineering, Domakundawar, Dhanpath Raisons.2003

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 102
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
FLUID MACHINERY
BTME16F5700A LAB 16 HC 0 0 2 2 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Prerequisites: Fluid Mechanics Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30

Course Objectives:

1. To provide practical knowledge in verification of principles of fluid flow

2. To impart knowledge in measuring pressure, discharge and velocity of fluid flow
3. To understand major and minor losses.
4. To gain knowledge in performance testing of hydraulic pumps and turbines

Course Out comes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Define fluid flow principles.
2. Analyze the performance of the fluid machineries.
3. Measure the quantity of flow or discharge
4. Calculate efficiency of the fluid flow devices

Course Content:
PART-A

(Individual Experiments)

1. Determination of coefficient of friction of flow in a pipe.

2. Determination of minor losses in flow through pipes.
3. Determination of force developed by impact of jets on vanes.
4. Calibration of flow measuring devices:
a. Orifice plate meter b. Nozzle c. Venturi meter d. V-notch

PART-B
(Group Experiments)
1. Performance testing of Turbines
a. Pelton Wheel b. Francis Turbine c. Kaplan Turbine
2. Performance testing of Pumps
a. Single stage/Multistage Centrifugal pumps b. Reciprocating pumps
3. Performance test of a two stage Reciprocating Air Compressor.
4. Performance test on an Air Blower.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 103
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
COMPUTER AIDED
BTME16F5700B MODELING AND ANALYSIS 16 HC 0 0 2 2 3
LABORATORY
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: FEM, SOM Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30
Course Objectives:
1. To provide sound knowledge of stress, displacement, deformation and load distribution of the
beam.
2. To familiarize with the stress concentration factor.
3. To provide capability to analyze and solve practical problems based on the concept of principle
of super position.
4. To analyze complex trusses problems & its application in the real world scenario.
5. Carryout dynamic analysis of complex problems.
6. Conduct experiments related to Fixed – fixed beam for natural frequency determination.
7. To carryout thermal analysis in order to determine the heat flux and temperature distribution of
the domain.
8. To analyze theoretically by using mathematical equations.

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, the student shall be able to:
1. Understanding of the basic concept of stress, displacement, deformation and load distribution
of the beam.
2. Capability to analyze effect of stress concentration factor.
3. Capability to analyze and solve practical problems of concept of stepped & tapered bar.
4. Capability to analyze complex trusses problems.
5. Capability to analyze and provide solutions for the dynamic problems associated with various
conditions.
6. Familiarization with the experimental methodology and ability to solve problems of fixed
beam for natural frequency determination.

PART – A
Study of a FEA package and modeling stress analysis of
a. Bars of constant cross section area, tapered cross section area and stepped bar
(Minimum 6 Exercises)
b. Trusses –(Minimum 2 exercises)
c. Beams – Simply supported, cantilever, beams with UDL, beams with varying load etc
(Minimum 6 exercises)
PART – B
a. Stress analysis of a rectangular plate with a circular hole
b. Thermal Analysis – 1D & 2D problem with conduction and convection boundary Conditions
(Minimum 4 exercises)
c. Dynamic Analysis
 Fixed – fixed beam for natural frequency determination
 Bar subjected to forcing function
 Fixed – fixed beam subjected to forcing function
Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 104
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
ENERGY
BTME16F5800A CONVERSION LAB 16 HC 0 0 2 2 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Prerequisites: Applied Thermodynamics Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30

Course Objectives:

1. To study the properties of the lubricants and fuels.

2. To know the performance of the engines.
3. To study the performance of the engines under various loading conditions.
4. To calculate various engine parameters.

Course Out comes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Identify various types of engines.
2. Define various engine parameters.
3. Analyze the engine for different loading conditions.
4. Compare the engines and select the engine on the basis of the performance

Course Content:
PART – A

1. Determination of Flash point and Fire point of lubricating oil using Abel Pensky and Marten‘s
closed) / Cleavland‘s (Open Cup) Apparatus.
2. Determination of Calorific value of solid, liquid and gaseous fuels.
3. Determination of Viscosity of a lubricating oil using Redwood, Saybolt and Torsion Viscometers.
4. Valve Timing/port opening diagram of an I.C. engine (4 stroke/2 stroke).

5. Use of Planimeter

PART - B

1. Performance Tests on I.C. Engines, Calculations of IP, BP, Thermal efficiencies, Volumetric
efficiency, Mechanical efficiency, SFC, FP, A:F Ratio and heat balance sheet for

(a) Four stroke Diesel Engine

(b) Four stroke Petrol Engine
(c) Multi Cylinder Diesel/Petrol Engine, (Morse test)
(d) Two stroke Petrol Engine
(e) Variable Compression Ratio I.C. Engine.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 105
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
HEAT & MASS
BTME16F5800B TRANSFER LAB 16 HC 0 0 2 2 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Prerequisites: Fluid Mechanics Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30

Course Objectives:

1. To conduct the experiments to know modes of heat transfer and to find rate of heat transfer.
2. To find the heat transfer coefficient of air under natural and forced convection mode.
3. To know the use of fins and their performance.
4. To know the performance of various heat transfer devices.
5. To study the performance of the refrigerator and air conditioner.

Course Outcomes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Define the various modes of heat transfer.
2. Conduct the experiments to know the thermal properties of the materials.
3. Judge the mode of heat transfer which is effective for a particular application.
4. Determine the amount of heat transfer in a particular medium.

Course Content:

PART – A

1. Determination of Thermal Conductivity of a Metal Rod.

2. Determination of Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient of a Composite wall.
3. Determination of Effectiveness on a Metallic fin.
4. Determination of Heat Transfer Coefficient in a free Convection on a vertical tube.
5. Determination of Heat Transfer Coefficient in a Forced Convention Flow through a Pipe.
6. Determination of Emissivity of a Surface.

PART – B

1. Determination of Steffen Boltzmann Constant.

2. Determination of LMDT and Effectiveness in a Parallel Flow and Counter Flow
Heat Exchangers
3. Experiments on Boiling of Liquid and Condensation of Vapour
4. Experiment on Transient Conduction Heat Transfer
5. Performance study of Vapour compression refrigerator test rig
6. Performance study of Vapour compression Air-conditioner test rig

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 106
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

SIXTH SEMESTER

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

BTME16F6100A 16 HC 3 1 0 4 5
TURBOMACHINERY
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Fluid Mechanics Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To provide a sound understanding of the comparison of positive displacement machine
and Turbo machine.
2. To provide knowledge about impact of jet on vanes.
3. To provide an understanding of energy transfer in turbo machinery.
4. To provide knowledge about general analysis of radial flow turbo machines.
5. To provide knowledge about general analysis of axial flow turbo machines.
6. To provide knowledge of design of hydraulic turbines and its characteristics.
7. To provide knowledge about design of centrifugal pumps
8. To provide knowledge of flow through nozzles.
9. To provide knowledge of design of steam turbines.

Course Outcome:
After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Differentiate positive displacement machines and turbo machines.
2. Explain of Euler turbine equation and velocity triangles.
3. Draw velocity triangles of axial flow turbines and compressors.
4. Analyze hydraulic turbines and centrifugal pumps.
5. Conduct performance test on various types of hydraulic turbines and pumps.

Course Content:

UNIT -1: [12 hrs]

Introduction: Definition of a Turbo machine; parts of a Turbo machine, classification, Comparison
with positive displacement machine; Dimensionless parameters and their physical significance;
Specific speed; Unit and specific quantities, model studies. Illustrative examples.
Impact of jets: Introduction, Force exerted by the jet on a stationary vertical plate, symmetrical and
unsymmetrical curved vane at centre and tangentially at one of the tip. Force exerted by the jet on a
moving vertical plate, force exerted by jet of water on unsymmetrical moving curved vane when jet
strikes at centre and tangentially at one of the tips. Force exerted by a jet of water on series of plate
(condition for maximum efficiency). Illustrative examples.

UNIT -2: Energy Transfer in Turbo Machine: [12 hrs]

Euler Turbine equation; Alternate form of Euler turbine equation – components of energy transfer;
Degree of reaction, Utilization factor, Vane efficiency; Relation between utilization factor and degree

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 107
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
of reaction; Velocity triangles for different values of degree of reaction for axial flow turbines,
Velocity triangles and condition for maximum utilization factor – optimum blade speed ratio for
different types of turbine. Comparison of Energy transfer, Illustrative examples.
General analysis of Power absorbing turbo machines– General analysis of axial flow Compressors
and pumps , velocity triangles and general expression for degree of reaction, General analysis of
Centrifugal flow Compressors and pumps , velocity triangles and general expression for degree of
reaction , Theoretical head – capacity relationship, Types of centrifugal pump impeller. Illustrative
examples.

UNIT -3: Hydraulic Turbines: [12 hrs]

Classification; Different efficiencies; Pelton Turbine-velocity triangles, condition for maximum
efficiency, Design parameters; Francis turbine-velocity triangles, Design parameters; Function of a
Draft tube, types of draft tubes; Kaplan and Propeller turbines – Velocity triangles and Design
parameters. Illustrative examples.
Centrifugal Pumps: Classification and parts of centrifugal pump, different heads and efficiencies of
centrifugal pump, Minimum speed for starting the flow, Maximum suction lift, Net positive suction
head, Cavitation, Need for priming, Pumps in series and parallel, Illustrative examples.

UNIT-4: [12 hrs]

Steam Nozzles: Type of Nozzles- Flow Through Nozzles- Condition for Maximum Discharge-Nozzle
Efficiency- Super Saturated Flow in Nozzles- Relationship Between Area Velocity and Pressure in
Nozzle Flow. Illustrative examples.
Steam Turbines: Classification, Single stage impulse turbine, condition for maximum blade
efficiency, stage efficiency, Need and methods of compounding, Multi-stage impulse turbine,
expression for maximum utilization factor, Reaction turbine – Parsons‘s turbine, condition for
maximum utilization factor. Illustrative examples.

Text Books:
1. An Introduction to Energy Conversion, Volume III, Turbo machinery, V. Kadambi and
Manohar Prasad, New Age International Publishers, reprint 2008.
2. Turbines, Compressors & Fans, S. M. Yahya, Tata McGraw Hill Co. Ltd., 2nd edition, 2002

Reference Books:
1. Principals of Turbomachines, D. G. Shepherd, The Macmillan Company (1964).
2. Fluid Mechanics & Thermodynamics of Turbomachines, S. L. Dixon, Elsevier (2005).
3. Turbomachine, B.K.Venkanna PHI, New Delhi 2009.
4. Text Book of Turbomachines, M. S. Govindgouda and A. M. Nagaraj, M. M. Publications, 4Th
Ed, 2008.
5. Thermal Engineering, by R.K.Rajput., Laxmi Publications

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 108
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
FINITE ELEMENT
BTME16F6100B METHOD 16 HC 3 1 0 4 5

Prerequisites: Mathematics, Numerical Final

MACHINE DESIGN – II Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Methods, SOM Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To enable the students understand the mathematical and physical principles underlying the
Finite Element Method (FEM) as applied to solid mechanics, heat transfer and fluid flow
problems.
2. Provide systematic and comprehensive knowledge of basics of Finite element method as an
analysis tool.
3. To teach the students the characteristics of various elements and selection of
suitable elements for the problems being solved.
4. To make the students derive finite element equations for simple and complex elements.

Course Outcome:
After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Understand the different types of analysis methods

2. Analyze the bar and beam problems by Euler-Lagrange equations
3. Understand principle of minimum potential energy
4. Analyze the bar problems using elimination and penalty approach
5. Apply Lagranage‘s equation for Higher order elements
6. Solve truss problems using elimination approach
7. Derive Hermite Shape function and apply it to solve beam problems
8. Apply FEM method to solve 1D heat transfer problems

Course Outcome:

UNIT – 1 [12 hrs]

Introduction: Introduction to finite difference method and finite elements method, Advantages and
limitations, Mathematical formulation of FEM, Steps involved in FEM, Different approaches in Finite
Element Method - Direct Stiffness approach, simple examples, Variational approach, Elements of
variational calculus -Euler Lagrange equation, Rayliegh Ritz method, Weighted Residual methods,
Galarkin method.

UNIT – 2 [12 hrs]

Interpolation Models: Interpolation polynomials- Linear, quadratic and cubic. Simplex complex and
multiplex elements.2D PASCAL‘s triangle. CST elements-Shape functions and Nodal load vector,
Strain displacement matrix and Jacobian for triangular element.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 109
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Solution of 1-D Bars: Solutions of bars and stepped bars for displacements, reactions and stresses by
using penalty approach and elimination approach. Guass-elimination technique.

UNIT –3 [12 hrs]

Higher Order Elements: Lagrange‘s interpolation, Higher order one dimensional elements-Quadratic
and cubic element and their shape functions. Shape function of 2-D quadrilateral element-linear,
quadric element Iso parametric, Sub parametric and Super parametric elements. Numerical integration
: 1 and 2 gauge point for 1D case.

Trusses: Stiffness matrix of Truss element. Numerical problems

UNIT – 4 [12 hrs]

Beams: Hermite shape functions for beam element, Derivation of stiffness matrix. Numerical
problems of beams carrying concentrated, UDL and linearly varying loads.

Heat Transfer: Steady state heat transfer, 1D heat conduction governing equations. Functional
approach for heat conduction. Galerkin‘s approach for heat conduction.

Text Books:
1. Finite Elements in Engineering, T.R.Chandrupatla, A.D Belegunde, 3rd Ed PHI.
2. Finite Element Analysis, S.S. Bhavikatti, New Age International publishers,2006

Reference Books:
1. “Finite Element Methods for Engineers” U.S. Dixit, Cengage Learning, 2009
2. Concepts and applications of Finite Element Analysis, R.D. Cook D.S Maltus, M.E Plesha,
R.J.Witt, Wiley 4th Ed, 2009
3. Finite Element Methods, Daryl. L. Logon, Thomson Learning 3rd edition, 2001.
4. Finite Element Method, J.N.Reddy, McGraw -Hill International Edition.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 110
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

THEORY OF MACHINES-II
BTME16F6200A 16 HC 3 1 0 4 5

Prerequisites: Theory of Machine-I, Engineering Final

Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Mechanics, Strength of Materials Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To understand the synthesis and analysis of common mechanisms and concepts of turning
moment diagrams, flywheel design
2. To understand the dynamics of engines, balancing of rotating and reciprocating masses, rotors
and engines.
3. To study and realizations of speed control devices and their characteristics
4. To understand the working of mechanisms based on friction and its application
5. To develop the techniques of complete anatomy of all machineries

Course Outcome:
After completion of the course Student will be able to
1. Perform dynamic analysis of mechanisms like slider crank mechanism, four bar mechanism, IC
engine and steam engine.
2. Do balancing of masses in rotation as well as reciprocating masses, rotors and engines.
3. Analyze and design of different types of governors and calculate gyroscopic couple.
4. Calculate frictional torque in different bearings, brakes and dynamometers and analyze belt
drives.
5. Formulate the dynamic analysis of various machines like IC engine, steam engine, governors,
gyroscopes, rotating masses, dynamometers.

Course Content

UNIT -1 [12 hrs]

Static & Dynamic Force Analysis : Static equilibrium of two/three force members, Static equilibrium
of member with two forces and torque, Static force analysis of linkages, D‘Alembert‘s principle,
Equivalent offset inertia force, Dynamic force analysis of four link mechanism and slider crank
mechanism, Engine force analysis- Piston and crank effort

Turning Moment & Flywheel: Turning moment on crankshaft, Turning moment diagrams-single
cylinder double acting steam engine, four stroke IC engine and multi-cylinder steam engine,
Fluctuation of energy, Design of Flywheel.

UNIT -2: [12 hrs]

Balancing of Machines: Balancing of Rotating Masses: Static and dynamic balancing, Balancing of
several masses in the same plane and different planes,

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 111
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Balancing of Reciprocating Masses: Balancing of primary force in reciprocating engine, Partial
balancing of two cylinder locomotives, inline and V-engine, Swaying couple, hammer blow.
Numerical

UNIT -3: [12 hrs]

Governors: Introduction, Principles, Types of governors, Terminology, Porter & Hartnell governor,
Sensitivity, Stability, Hunting, Isochronism, Effort and Power of governor, controlling force diagrams.
Numerical.

UNIT -4: [12 hrs]

Gyroscopic Motion: Principles, Gyroscopic torque, Effect of gyroscopic couple on the stability of
aero planes, ship & automobiles (two & four wheelers).

Text books:

1. Theory of Machines - Thomas Bevan,3rd edition,CBS publications.

2. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms- Shigley, 3rd edition Mc Graw Hill Book company
3. Theory of Machines – R S Khurmi & J K Gupta, 5th edition, S. Chand publications
4. Theory of Machines – R. K. Bansal , 6th edition, Laxmi Publications

Reference books:

1. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms-Ghosh & Mallik 3rdedition, East west press
2. Theory of Machines-S.S. Rattan, 3rd edition, 2013,TMH publications
3. Kinematics of Machines-Dr. Sadhu Singh, 2nd edition, Pearson Publication

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 112
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

HEAT AND MASS

BTME16F6200B 16 HC 3 1 0 4 5
TRANSFER
Prerequisites: Thermodynamics & Fluid Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Mechanics Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. Provide sound understanding of the basic principles and laws governing the heat and mass
transfer.
2. To familiarize with the various modes of heat transfer, combined heat transfer processes and
special heat transfer processes.
3. To provide capability to analyze and solve practical problems from basic principles and
provide numerical solutions.
4. To analyze complex heat transfer problems and provide solutions using heat transfer data hand
book.
5. Carryout analysis of boiling and condensation phenomenon and design heat transfer
equipments.
6. Conduct experiments related to various heat transfer processes and heat exchangers and
analyze measurement data.

Course Outcome:

After completion of this course the students will be able to

1. Understanding of the basic principles and laws governing the heat and mass transfer.
2. Knowledge of the various modes of heat transfer, combined heat transfer processes and special
heat transfer processes and its application.
3. Capability to analyze and solve practical problems from basic principles and provide numerical
solutions.
4. Capability to analyze complex heat transfer problems and provide solutions using heat transfer
data hand book.
5. Capability to analyze and provide solutions for the design of heat transfer equipment.
6. Familiarization with the experimental methodology and ability to solve problems.

Course Content

UNIT -1: [12 hrs]

Introduction: Modes of Heat Transfer, Basic Laws of Heat Transfer, Overall Heat Transfer
Coefficient, thermal contact resistance, Boundary Conditions, 3-D Conduction Equation in Cartesian
Coordinates, Discussion On 3-D Conduction Equation in Cylindrical and Spherical Coordinate
Systems (No Derivation). 1-D steady state heat conduction without heat generation through plane
slabs, cylinders and spheres with uniform thermal conductivity ( no derivation). Heat transfer through
composite wall, cylinder and sphere and applications, contact thermal resistance. Numerical
examples.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 113
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
critical thickness of insulation without heat generation. Theory of Fins-Types of fins, Governing
equations for different conditions of fins(no derivations), Fin effectiveness and fin efficiency,
Numerical examples.
One –Dimensional Transient Conduction: Lumped parameter Analysis, Use of Heisler‘s Charts for
transient conduction in plane slab, long cylinder and sphere. Numerical examples.

UNIT -2: [12 hrs]

Concepts and basic relations in boundary layers: Hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layers over
flat plate, critical Reynolds number, local heat transfer coefficient, average heat transfer coefficient,
Flow inside a duct, hydrodynamic and thermal entrance lengths.
Natural or Free convection: Application of dimensional analysis for free convection –physical
significance of Grasshoff number, use of correlations in free convection for horizontal, vertical flat
plates, cylinders and spheres. Numerical examples.
Forced convection heat transfer: Application of dimensional analysis for forced convection
problems. Physical significance of Reynolds, Prandtl, Nusselt and Stanton numbers. Use of
correlations for hydro-dynamically and thermally developed flows in case of a flow over a flat plate, a
cylinder and sphere. Numerical examples.

UNIT -3: [12 hrs]

Radiation Heat Transfer: Thermal radiation; definitions of various terms used in radiation heat
transfer; Stefan-Boltzman law, Kirchhoff‘s law, Planck‘s law and Wien‘s displacement law. Radiation
heat exchange between two parallel infinite gray surfaces; effect of radiation shield; intensity of
radiation and solid angle; Lambert‘s law; radiation heat exchange between two finite surfaces
configuration factor or view factor. Numerical problems.
Mass transfer: Definition and terms used in mass transfer analysis, Fick‘s First law of diffusion ,
(no numerical).

UNIT -4: [12 hrs]

Heat Exchangers: Classification of heat exchangers; overall heat transfer coefficient, fouling and
fouling factor; LMTD, Effectiveness-NTU methods of analysis of heat exchangers. Numerical
examples.
Condensation And Boiling: Types of condensation (discussion only) Nusselt‘s theory for laminar
condensation on a vertical flat surface(no derivations) use of correlations for condensation on vertical
flat surfaces, horizontal tube and horizontal tube banks; Reynolds number for condensate flow;
regimes of pool boiling, pool boiling correlations. Numerical examples.

Text Books:
1. Heat & Mass transfer, Tirumaleshwar, Pearson education 2006
2. Heat transfer-A basic approach, Ozisik, Tata McGraw Hill 2002

Reference Books:
1. Heat transfer, a practical approach, Yunus A- Cengel Tata Mc Graw Hill
2. Principles of heat transfer, Kreith Thomas Learning 2001
3. Fundamentals of heat and mass transfer, Frenk P. Incropera and David P. Dewitt, John
Wiley and son‘s.
4. Heat transfer, P.K. Nag, Tata McGraw Hill 2002.
5. Heat and Mass Transfer, Mahesh M Rathore, Laxmi publications.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 114
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

CAD/CAM/CIM
BTME16F6300 16 HC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Manufacturing Technology Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To learn the fundamentals of CAD/ CAM / CIM and related concepts to understand the various
modeling features and its manufacturing.
2. To understand how by integrating various concepts of CAD /CAM /CIM, the product
development cycle can be reduced in the design stages and also reduction of Manufacturing
Lead time.
3. To understand the concept of programming and its importance in practical applications in order
have an edge cut manufacturing aspects.
4. To have a hands on experience on various tools used for modeling and manufacturing aspects.
5. To study about the programming aspects by using machine code languages for various
operations using sophisticated software‘s (Manual and computer aided part programming)

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Students can able to analyze the basic principles of CAD & CAM in engineering
applications.
2. Application of Computers in manufacturing aspects.
3. Geometrical modeling of an component by using Software
4. Generation of part programming by using machine language codes.
5. This subject is an prerequisite for an analysis, which will be helpful for project work..
6. Reduction of Manufacturing Lead time and Product development time.

Course Content

UNIT - 1 [12 hrs]

Fundamentals of CAD: Definition of CAD/CAM, Product cycle and its cad / cam overlaid, Design
process & application of computers for design, creating the manufacturing database, Benefits and
achievement of CAD. Hardware in CAD: Basic Structure, CPU, Memory Types, Input Devices,
Display Devices, Hard Copy Devices, Storage Devices, Software.
Computer Graphics: Raster Scan Graphics, Coordinate Systems, Database Structure for Graphic
Modeling, functions of graphics package, Transformation of geometry, 2D transformations – Simple
problems. Geometric Modeling: Requirements for geometric modeling, Geometric Models,Geometric
Based Modeling, Constrain Based Modeling, Curve Representation, Surface Representation methods.
Windowing and clipping.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 115
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

UNIT -2 [12 hrs]

Introduction to NC Technology: Basic components of NC system, Where NC is most appropriate,
NC Coordinate system, types of NC motion control systems, advantages and applications of NC,
influence of computers in manufacturing environment. CNC & DNC Systems: Types, advantages and
its functions. Adaptive control systems, types of CNC turning centers and machining centers.
NC/CNC Programming: NC Procedure, Programming: Manual and adaptive part programming,
Block formats in part programming, G & M codes, Cutter Radius Offset, Tool Length Offset, Fixed
Cycles/canned cycles, Turing programs, Drilling and milling programs.
UNIT -3 [12 hrs]
Computer integrated Manufacturing System: Introduction, Automation definition, Types of
Automation, CIM processing in Manufacturing, Types of Production, Production Concepts & its
Mathematical models, Problems on mathematical model equations, Automation Strategies, CIM
information processing cycle, Costs of Manufacturing operations.
High Volume Production system: Introduction, Automated flow line, Work part transport, Transfer
Mechanism, Buffer storage and its control functions, Automation for machining operations.
Computerized Manufacturing planning system: Computer aided process planning and MRP

UNIT -4 [12 hrs]

Analysis of Automated Flow line: General terminology and analysis, Analysis of Transfer line with
and without storage with numerical problems, Partial automation with numerical problems, Flow lines
with more than two stages-numerical.
Assembly and Line balancing: Manual Assembly lines, Types of automated assembly system, Parts
feeding devices. Minimum rational work element, cycle time. Precedence constraints and diagram,
Balance delay. Methods of Line balancing – Largest candidate rule, Kilbridge and Westers method,
RPW method and numerical problems covering above methods and computerized line balancing.

Text Books:
1. CAD/CAM, Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing, M.P.Groover & Emory
W.Zimmer, Pearson India, 2007 2nd edition.
2. Automation, Production system & Computer Integrated Manufacturing, Mikell
P.Groover, Pearson India, 2007 2nd edition.

Reference Books:
1. CAD/CAM theory and practice by Ibrahim Zeid, Tata McGraw hill.
2. CAD/CAM/CIM by P.RadhaKrishnan, S.Subramanyan & V.Raju, New Age international
Publishers , 2nd edition.
3. Computer Numerical Control Machines and CAM by P.RadhaKrishnan, New Age
international Publishers, 1st edition 2012.
4. CAD/CAM Principles and applications by P.N.Rao, Tata McGraw hill.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 116
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
MACHINE DESIGN – II
BTME16F6400 16 HC 3 1 0 4 5
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Material Science, SOM Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To carry out the design of curved beams used in Crane hook, punching presses, clamps, closed
rings and links and flexible machine elements like belts, chains, ropes.
2. To experience the design of gears such as spur, helical, bevel and worm gears.
3. To know the design of various types of springs and Bearings.
4. To carry out the design of clutches, brakes used in automotives and I.C.Engine parts like piston,
connecting rod.

Course Outcome
After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Clear understanding of the design of curved beams, belts, chains, ropes.
2. Knowledge about the detailed design of various gears such as spur, helical, bevel and worm
gears.
3. Detailed procedure of the design processes of machine members like springs, bearings, clutches,
brakes, and I.C.Engine parts like piston, connecting rod.

Course Content:

UNIT- 1 [12 hrs]

Curved Beams: Stresses in curved beams of standard cross sections. used in crane hook, punching
presses & clamps, closed rings and links.

Design of Belt, ropes and chain drives: Belt Drives, design of flat belts, Selection of V- belts, Rope
drives-selection of wire ropes, Chain drives- Roller chains, design & selection of roller Chain drives.

UNIT- 2 [12 hrs]

Springs: Types of springs - Energy stored in springs, stresses in Helical coil springs of circular and
non-circular cross sections. Tension and compression springs, Springs under fluctuating loads, Leaf
Springs: Stresses in leaf springs. Equalized stresses, Belleville springs.

Clutches & Brakes: Design of Clutches: Single plate, multi plate and cone clutches. Design of
Brakes: Block and Band brakes, self locking of brakes, Heat generation in Brakes.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 117
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT- 3 Design of Gears [12 hrs]
Spur Gears: Definitions, stresses in gear tooth: Lewis equation and form factor, Design for strength,
Dynamic load and wear load.

Helical Gears: Definitions, formative number of teeth, Design based on strength, dynamic and wear
loads.

UNIT-4 [12 hrs]

Bevel Gears: Definitions, formative number of teeth, Design based on strength, dynamic and wear
loads.

Worm Gears: Definitions, Design based on strength, dynamic, wear loads and efficiency of worm
gear drives.

Text Books:

1. Design of Machine Elements, V.B. Bhandari, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,
New Delhi.
2. Machine Design, R.S. Khurmi & J.K.Gupta, S. Chand Publications.

Reference Books:

1. Machine Design, Dr.P.C.Sharma & Dr.D.K.Aggarwal,S.K.Kataria and Sons, New Delhi.

2. Mechanical Engineering Design, Joseph E Shigley and Charles R. Mischke. McGraw Hill
International edition, 6th Edition 2009.

Design Data Handbook:

1. Design Data Hand Book, K. Lingaiah, McGraw Hill, 2nd Ed.
2. Data Hand Book, K. Mahadevan and Balaveera Reddy, CBSPublication
3. Design Data Hand Book, H.G. Patil, I. K. International Publisher,2010.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 118
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
REFRIGERATION AND
BTME16F6510 AIR-CONDITIONING 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Prerequisites: Basic and Applied Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Thermodynamics Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To enable the students to understand the principles of refrigeration and air conditioning
2. To teach the students how to calculate the cooling load for different applications of
Refrigeration and Air-conditioning
3. To expose the students to cyclic controls and system balancing
4. To teach students the principles of psychrometry
5. To develop the knowledge of students in selecting the right equipment for a particular
application of Refrigeration and Air-conditioning

Course Outcome:
After completion of the course the Student will be able to
1. Possess the knowledge of system components of refrigeration and air conditioning Design
and implement refrigeration and air conditioning systems using standards
2. Apply the knowledge of psychrometry in calculating cooling load and heating load.
3. Able to calculate load and select the size of the components.

Course Content

UNIT -1 [12 hrs]

Refrigeration Cycles and System: Brief discussion about Vapour compression refrigeration cycles
and actual vapour compression cycle(detail discussion) Air refrigeration cycles( In brief)-Aircraft
refrigeration system- various types- numerical on aircraft refrigeration system. Multi stage
compression –Multi evaporator system-cascade system-simple numerical. Vapour absorption systems-
Lithium bromide, three fluid vapour absorption systems.

UNIT-2 [12 hrs]

Refrigerants and Refrigeration Components:- Refrigerant classification–primary and secondary
refrigerants. Designation—Detail discussion about selection of refrigerants, CFC‘S, HCFC‘s and
HFC‘s. Global warming and Ozone depleting aspects. Alternate refrigerants, Refrigerant absorbent
combinations for vapor absorption system, Refrigerant compressors, Reciprocating, Rotary type,
Condensers, Evaporators, Expansion devices, Low side-high side float, low pressure and high
pressure cut outs, solenoid valves.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 119
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

UNIT -3 [12 hrs]

Psychrometry and Load Estimation:-Review of Moist air properties-various psychrometric process,
psychrometric chart. Zoned, central, unitary system. Load estimation-comfort chart-SHF-GRSHF-
ERSHF, cooling load estimate, heating load estimate, solar heat gain, infiltration, internal heat gain,
Numerical on load estimation

UNIT -4 [12 hrs]

Air-conditioning Equipments:- Package unit, central unit. Air distribution system- principles- air
handling system, ducts and its arrangements, filters, fans, room air distribution- supply air outlets.

Application of Refrigeration and Air-conditioning:- Food preservation-necessary-food freezing-

various types, cold storage plants, Domestic refrigerator-construction and working and maintenance,
Water coolers-storage type and pressure type, Dessert cooler, Window air conditioners, split air
conditioners-Discussion on one case study on design and installation of Centralized air conditioning
system for Hospital/Hotel/commercial complex/Software company etc,.

Text Books
1. S. C. Arora and Dumkundwar, (1996), Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning, Dhanpathrai
1. Publishers
2. R K Rajput ―Refrigeration and Air conditioning‖ second edition, S K kataria and sons

References
1. Manohar Prasad, (1998), Refrigeration and Air conditioning, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
2. Arora, C. P., (2007), Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd.
3. W. F. Stocker and J. W. Jones, (2002), Refrigeration and Air conditioning, McGraw Hill.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 120
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
MANUFACTURING
BTME16F6520 TECHNOLOGY-III 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3

Prerequisites: Manufacturing Technology –I Semester Exam

Final
Mode of Evaluation: Exam
and II Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. The course will enable the students to acquire a fundamental knowledge on metal forming
technology which is necessary for an understanding of industrial processes.
2. To introduce students to the wide range of materials and processes, which are currently used in
manufacturing industry.
3. The course will also provide methods of analysis allowing a mathematical/physical description
of forming processes.
4. The course will enable the students to identify the processes characteristics, select the main
operator parameters, the tool geometry and materials, and determine forces and power required
to select the main and auxiliary equipment.

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Understand necessity of forming process compared with other manufacturing techniques

2. Select the process for different materials
3. Identify the parameters which effects processing of the wrought products.
4. Select the process, load required and possible reasons for the formation defects of the
forged components
5. Identify and analyze production of wire, rod , tubes using different processes and problems
occurred in the process
6. Select the different process, related equipments, parameters for the fabrication of various
sheet metal components
7. Select the different high energy rate forming process suitable for fabrication of bulk sheet
metal components.

Course Contents:

UNIT -1: Introduction And Concepts: [12 hrs]

Classification of metal forming processes, Hot working and cold working , advantages and limitations
of metal working processes. Concepts of true stress and true strain, Relationship between conventional
and true strain, Stress system, Yield criteria, ,concepts of plane stress & plane strain, Numerical
problems.
Variables in Metal forming: Temperature in metal forming, strain rate or Deformation velocity,
Grain size and microstructure, Friction in metal forming, Lubrication in metal forming, Formability of
materials, Deformation zone geometry, hydrostatic pressure, Residual stresses in metal working.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 121
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

UNIT-2 [12 hrs]

Forging: Introduction. Forging operation, Classification of forging processes, Forging machines &
equipment: power hammer and power presses. Grain flow in forging, Expressions for forging,pressure
and loads. Forging die design parameters, Defects in forging, Residual stresses in forging. Simple
problems.
Rolling: Introduction, Terminology of shapes produced in rolling, Classification of Rolling processes.
Types of rolling mills, Forces and geometric relationship in rolling, Roll separating force, power
required in rolling, Front and back tension in rolling, Maximum possible reduction in rolling, Rolling
variables, Defects and numerical problems.

UNIT -3: [12 hrs]

Drawing: Rod drawing, wire drawing, Dies for drawing, Tube drawing, Expression for Drawing load by slab
analysis, Defects in Drawn products. Redundant work and its estimation, optimal cone angle & dead
zone formation, drawing variables, simple problems.
Extrusion: Introduction, Methods of extrusion, extrusion equipment & dies ,Extrusion process
parameters and variables, Expression for extrusion force, Extrusion of seamless tubes, Deformation
lubrication and defects in extrusion, simple problem.

UNIT-4: Sheet & Metal Forming [12 hrs]

Introduction, Sheet metal forming methods, Dies and punches, Rubber forming. Stretch forming, LDR
in drawing, Forming limit criterion, defects in deep drawn products, piercing, blanking, bending, deep
drawing, stretch forming, Die and punch design parameters in deep drawing, simple problems.
High Energy Rate Forming Methods and Powder Metallurgy: Introduction , Principles,
advantages and applications, explosive forming, electro hydraulic forming, Electromagnetic forming.
Basic steps in Powder metallurgy ,methods of production of metal powders, conditioning and blending
powders, compaction and sintering, hot pressing, finishing and inspection, application of powder
metallurgy components, advantages and limitations.

Text Books:

1. Mechanical metallurgy (SI units), G.E. Dieter, Mc Graw Hill pub.2001

2. Manufacturing Process – III, Dr. K.Radhakrishna, Sapna Book House, 2009.

Reference Books:
1. Materials and Processes in Manufacturing, E.paul, Degramo, J.T. Black, Ronald, A.K.
Prentice -hall of India, 2002
2. Principles of Industrial metal working process, G.W. Rowe, CBSpub. 2002
3. Manufacturing Science, Amitabha Ghosh & A.K. Malik - East - Westpress 2001
4. Technology of Metal Forming Process, Surendra kumar, PHI –2008

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 122
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
PRODUCTION PLANNING
BTME16F6530 & CONTROL 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3

Prerequisites: Manufacturing Technology –I Semester Exam

Final
Mode of Evaluation: Exam
and II Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. Understand the process planning concepts

2. Prepare cost estimation for various products after process planning

Course Outcome:

After completion of the course the students will able to:

1. Understand the characteristics of different types of tools and techniques available and
their applications.
2. Approach the process planning activities, selection of machine based on process requirement
and develop the manufacturing logic.
3. Determine data required for Cost estimation and estimate the production cost for different
jobs.

Course Content:

UNIT -01 Introduction to Process Planning, Process Control and Forecasting [12 hrs]
Definitions, Objectives of production Planning and Control, Functions of production planning and
control, Elements of production control, Types of production, Organization of production planning
and control department, Internal organization of department, Product design factors, Process Planning
sheet.
Forecasting – Importance of forecasting, Types of forecasting, their uses , General principles of
forecasting, Forecasting techniques– qualitative methods and quantitive methods- Opinion and
Judgmental methods, Time Series methods, Exponential smoothing, Regression and Correlation
methods (with numerical).
UNIT-02 Operations Decision Making, aggregate planning and master scheduling [12 hrs]
Introduction, Characteristics of decisions, framework for Decision Making, Decision methodology,
Decision supports systems, Economic models, Statistical models with numerical.
Introduction, Planning and Scheduling, Objectives of Aggregate Planning, Aggregate Planning
Methods, Master Scheduling Objectives, Master Scheduling Methods. (with numerical)

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 123
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT-03 Inventory Management, MRP and ERP: [12 hrs]
Definition and Need, Components Inventory, inventory control.Functions of inventories, relevant
inventory costs – ABC analysis – VED analysis – EOQ model – Inventory control systems – P–
Systems and Q-Systems. (with numerical)

Introduction to MRP & ERP, LOB (Line of Balance), JIT inventory, and Japanese concepts. System
Parameters, MRP Logic, System refinements, Capacity Management, CRP activities. Concept of
continuous improvement of process. (with numerical)

UNIT-04 Routing, Supply Chain Management and Dispatching [12 hrs]

Definition, Routing procedure, Route sheets, Bill of material, Factors affecting routing procedure.
Introduction to supply chain management- Approaches to purchase and supply chain management,
make or buy decision, e-Procurement, Vender development, rating, and certification.
Activities of dispatcher, Dispatching procedure –follow up – definition -types of follow-up,
applications of computer in production planning and control.

Text Books:
1. Samuel Eilon, “Elements of Production Planning and Control”, 1st Edition, Universal
Publishing Corp., 1999.

Reference Books:
1. P Rama Murthy, ―Production and Operations Management‖, 1st Edition, New Age,
2002.
2. Baffa & Rakesh Sarin, ―Modern Production / Operations Management‖, 8th Edition, John
Wiley & Sons, 2002.
3. S.N. Chary, ―Operations Management‖, 1st Edition, TMH, 1996.
4. Joseph Monks, ―Operations Management Theory and Problems‖, 3rd Edition, McGraw-
Hills,1987.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 124
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
THEORY OF ELASTICITY
BTME16F6540 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: SOM Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. To obtain the stress strain relation within the elastic body.

2. Thermal distribution occurring within the elastic body.
3. To find the principle stress and strain for a different types of elastic body.

Course Outcomes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Solve two and three dimensional problems of cylindrical bodies.
2. Know the stress strain relation for a body subjected to loading within elastic limit.
3. Got the relation for a body subjected to thermal expansion.

Course Content

UNIT – 1 [12 hrs]

Definition And Notation: Stress, Stress at a Point, Equilibrium Equations, Principal Stresses, Mohr‘s
Diagram, Maximum Shear Stress, Boundary Conditions.
Strain At A Point: Compatibility Equations, Principal Strains, Generalised Hooke‘s law, Methods of
Solution of Elasticity Problems – Plane Stress- Plane Strain Problems.

UNIT – 2 [12 hrs]

Two Dimensional Problems: Cartesian co-ordinates – Airy‘s stress functions – Investigation of
Airy‘s Stress function for simple beam problems – Bending of a narrow cantilever beam of rectangular
cross section under edge load – method of Fourier analysis – pin ended beam under uniform pressure.
General Equations In Cylindrical Co-Ordinates: Thick cylinder under uniform internal and / or
external pressure, shrink and force fit, stress concentration.

UNIT – 3 [12 hrs]

Stresses In An Infinite Plate (with a circular hole) subjected to uniaxial and biaxial loads, stress
concentration, stresses in rotating discs and cylinders.
Torsion Of Circular, Elliptical And Triangular Bars: membrane analogy, torsion of thin open
sections and thin tubes.
UNIT – 4 [12 hrs]
Thermal Stresses: Thermo elastic stress strain relationship, Equations of equilibrium Thermal
stresses in thin circular discs and in long circular cylinder, sphere.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 125
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Uniqueness Theorem: Principle of super position, reciprocal theorem, Saintvenant principle.

Text Books:
1. Advanced Mechanics of solids, L. S. Srinath, Tata Mc. Graw Hill,2003
2. Theory of Elasticity, S. P. Timoshenko and J. N Gordier, Mc.Graw Hill International, 3rd
edition, 1972

Reference Books:
1. Theory of Elasticity, Dr. Sadhu Singh, Khanna Publications, 1988
2. Elasticity, Theory, Applications & Numericals, Martin H Sadd, Elsevier. 2005
3. Applied Elasticity, Seetharamu & Govindaraju, Interline Publishing
4. Applied Elasticity, C.T. WANG Sc. D. McGraw Hill Book Co.1953

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 126
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
RENEWABLE ENERGY
BTME16F6610 SOURCES 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: None Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To provide students an overview of global energy resources.
2. To introduce students to bio-fuels, hydrogen energy and solar energy.
3. To enable the students understand the importance of energy efficiency and conservation in
the context of future energy supply.
4. To expose students to future energy systems and energy use scenarios with a focus on
promoting the use of renewable energy resources and technologies.

Course Outcome:
After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Possess the knowledge of global energy resources.
2. Use the renewable technologies like solar, biomass, wind, hydrogen etc. to produce energy.
3. Involve in optimizing and selecting an alternate source of energy.

Course Content:

UNIT -1: Introduction [12 hrs]

Biomass energy sources – Biomass production for energy farming, origin of biomass-Photosynthesis
process, Energy through fermentation -Ethanol Production from sugarcane and starch, Biomass
characteristics.
Bio-methanization: Anaerobic digestion, Basic principles, factors affecting biogas yield, biogas
digester(floating gas holder and fixed dome type with working principle and diagram),calculation for
sizing biogas plant.

UNIT -2: Hydrogen Energy: [12 hrs]

Introduction to hydrogen energy, methods of hydrogen production(electrolytic and thermo chemical
method), hydrogen storage and transportation, safe burning of hydrogen.

UNIT -3: Solar Energy and applications: [12 hrs]

Solar radiation - Availability- Measurement and estimation- Solar radiation geometry-Flux on a plane
surface, latitude, declination angle, surface azimuth angle, hour angle, zenith angle, solar altitude angle
expression for the angle between the incident beam and the normal to a plane surface (No derivation)
local apparent time, day length, simple numerical.
Introduction to solar collectors(liquid and air flat plate collectors-working principle with diagram),
Thermal storage(Sensible and latent heat storage), Solar distillation- PV cell- solar furnace-solar green
house-solar production of hydrogen-working principle with diagram.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 127
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

UNIT -4: Ocean Thermal Energy and Geothermal energy Conversion: [12 hrs]
Geothermal energy- Availability - Geographical distribution - Power generation using OTEC - Wave and
Tidal energy - Scope and economics - Limitations.

Wind Energy: Wind energy - General considerations - Wind Power plant design – Horizontal axis wind turbine
- Vertical axis wind turbine - Rotor selection - Design considerations - Choice of power plant - Wind mapping
and selection of location - Cost analysis and economics of systems utilizing renewable sources of energy.

Text Books
1. David Merick, Richard Marshall, (2001), Energy, Present and Future Options, Vol. I and
II, John Wiley and sons.
2. Non-Conventional Energy Sources by G.D Rai K, Khanna Publishers, 2003.
3. Solar energy, by Subhas P Sukhatme – Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 1996
4. Power Plant Engineering, Domakundawar, Dhanpath Rai sons. 2003
5. Power Plant Engineering, P. K. Nag Tata McGraw Hill 2nd edn 2001.

Reference books:
1. Renewable Energy Sources and Conversion Technology by N.K.Bansal, Manfred Kleeman
& Mechael Meliss, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.
2. Solar Power Engineering, P.K.Nag, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.
3. Renewable Energy Resources, John.W.Twidell, Anthony. D. Weir, EC BG-2001.
4. Non conventional Resources, B H Khan TMH - 2007

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 128
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
MECHATRONICS &
BTME16F6620 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3
MICROPROCESSOR
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Basic Electronics Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. To understand elements of measurement systems and appreciate its relevance in engineering

design
2. To impart knowledge about working & performance of widely used sensors and actuators,
electrical actuation systems.
3. To gain knowledge of elements and programming techniques involved in microprocessors and
microcontrollers which are essential to understand the emerging field of automation.

Course Outcomes

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Understand the elements of microprocessor based controller systems

2. Understand the working sensors and transducers
3. Understand the different types of actuation systems
4. Understand the basics, architecture and programming of microprocessor and microcontrollers

Course Content:

UNIT -1 [12 hrs]

Introduction: Measurement and control systems their elements and functions, Microprocessor based
controllers, examples of mechatronic systems.
Transducers and Sensors: Static and dynamic characteristics of sensor, Potentiometers-LVDT-
Capacitance sensor-Strain gauges-Eddy current sensor-Hall effect sensor-Temperature sensors-Light
sensors.

UNIT -2 [12 hrs]

Actuation System: Electrical systems, Mechanical switches, solid-stat switches, solenoids, DC & AC
motors, Stepper motors. Elements of mechanical actuation system . Introduction to programmable
logic controllers.

UNIT -3 [12 hrs]

Introduction to microprocessors: Evolution of microprocessor, organization of microprocessor,
basic concepts of programming of microprocessors. Boolean algebra, Logic gates & gate networks,
Binary & Decimal number systems, memory representation of positive and negative integers,
maximum and minimum integers. Conversion of real numbers, floating point notation, representation

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 129
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
of floating point numbers, accuracy and range in floating point representation, overflow and
underflow, addition of floating point numbers, character representation.

Logic functions: Data word representation, basic elements of control system, 8085A processor
architecture, terminology-CPU, ALU, data registers, assembler, fetch cycle, bus, interrupts. Micro
controllers and its classification, difference between microprocessors and microcontrollers.

UNIT -4 [12 hrs]

Organization and programming of Microprocessors: Introduction of INTEL 8085-Data and
Address buses, Instruction set of 8085, programming the 8085, assembly language programming.

Central Processing Unit of Microprocessors: Introduction, timing and control unit basic concepts,
Instruction and data flow, system timing, examples of INTEL 8085 and INTEL 4004 register
organization

Text Books:

1. Mechatronics, W.Bolton fourth edition, Pearson Publications, 2008.

2. Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and applications with 8085/8086A,
R.S Ganokar, Wiley Eastern.

Reference Books:

1. Mechatronics System Design, Devdas shetty and Richard A. Kolk.

2. Microprocessors and Microcontrollers, Krishna Kant, Prentice Hall of India, 2007.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 130
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
INDUSTRIAL
BTME16F6630 ENGINEERING 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: None Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. Fundamentals of Industrial Engineering, Application of Work study in the shop floor,

Formulation of an LPP, Product Mix with respect to optimization.
2. To known the concepts of method study and work measurement with their relative technique.
3. To understand and learn the various application of industrial engineering techniques for the
day to day process.
4. To determine the standard time for the specified job.
5. To know the various types of plant layout and its location in details.

Course Outcomes:

After completion of the course the students will be able

1. Apply the various techniques in order to analyze the production system with respects to
industrial scenario.

Course Content:

UNIT -1: [12 hrs]

Introduction: Industrial Revolution and historic development of the factory system. Concept of
Productivity, Various types of productivity, causes for lack of productivity and increase of work
content. Production system and its types.
Plant location and layout: Factors influencing plant location, theories of plant location, location
economics, selection of specific site. Plant layout: Objectives of plant layout, principles of plant
layout, types of plant layout, their merits and demerits, line balancing, Evaluation of Layouts.

UNIT -2 [12 hrs]

Work study and its techniques: Definition of work study, Basic procedure of work study.
Method study: Introduction to method study, Definition, selection, recording, examining,
developing, installing and maintaining new method. Use of recording techniques such as outline
process , flow process chart, Two handed process chart, multiple activity chart, flow diagram , String
diagram, Travel chart. Principles of motion economy, Micro motion study and simo chart.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 131
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Work Measurement: Definition, Common steps in work measurement, Time study method, breaking
the task into work elements, types of elements, rating and different methods of rating. Allowances and
its types. Calculation of basic time and standard time with numerical.

UNIT – 3 [12 hrs]

Work sampling: Principles, Procedure, confidence limits, number of observations required,
advantages and disadvantages, applications. Ergonomics: Human factors in the design of workplace,
layout of equipment, design of displays and controls. Fatigue and measurement of fatigue.
Material Handling: Principles of material handling, classification of material handling equipment,
selection of material handling equipment in details
UNIT -4 [12 hrs]
Equipment Replacement: Nature of replacement problems, economic life of challenger and defender,
Replacement of items – individual replacement and group replacement .
New forms of work organization.
Design of individual work roles, Design of group work in production, Design of product oriented
organization, flow patterns in product oriented organizations, Criteria for good work organization.
Depreciation – Definition, factors, Types of Depreciation with numerical.

Text Books:
1. Introduction to Work study, ILO( International Labor organization)
2. Industrial Engineering and Economy , O.P.Khannan, PHI Publisher

Reference Books:
1. Hand book of Industrial Engineering , Maynard
2. Motion and time study, Ralph.M.Barnes, John wiley.
3. Motion and time study , Marvin.E.Mundel ,

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 132
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
EXPERIMENTAL STRESS
BTME16F6640 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3
ANALYSIS
Final
Prerequisites: Mechanics of materials, Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Design of Machine elements. Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. To understand the relation between the mechanics theory and experimental stress
analysis
2. To study the working principles of different types of strain gauges
3. To know the fundamentals of photo elastic coatings
4. To study the effects of 2-D photo elasticity
5. To be able to use the experimental techniques on the practical problems.

Course Outcomes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Demonstrate a basic understanding of experimental methods (e.g. strain gages, photo elasticity)
commonly used in experimental solid mechanics.
2. Identify the different types of strain gauges
3. Apply the concepts of photo elastic coatings
4. Analyze the behavior of 2-D and 3-D photo elasticity

Course Content:

UNIT-1 [12 hrs]

Electrical Resistance Strain Gages: Strain sensitivity in metallic alloys, Gage construction,
Adhesives and mounting techniques, Gage sensitivity and gage factor, Performance Characteristics,
Environmental effects, Strain Gage circuits. Potentiometer, Wheatstone's bridges, Constant current
circuits.
Strain Analysis Methods: Two element, three element rectangular and delta rosettes, Correction for
transverse strain effects, Stress gage, Plane shear gage, Stress intensity factor gage.

UNIT -2 [12 hrs]

Photo-elasticity: Nature of light, Wave theory of light - optical interference , Stress optic law – effect
of stressed model in plane and circular polariscopes, Isoclinics & Isochromatics, Fringe order
determination Fringe multiplication techniques, Calibration photoelastic model materials.
Two Dimensional Photo-elasticity: Separation methods: Shear difference method, Analytical
separation methods, Model to prototype scaling, Properties of 2D photo-elastic model materials,
Materials for 2D photo elasticity.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 133
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT-3 [12 hrs]
Three Dimensional Photo elasticity: Stress freezing method, Scattered light photo-elasticity,
Scattered light as an interior analyzer and polarizer, Scattered light Polari scope and stress data
Analyses.
Photo-elastic (Bi-fringe) Coatings : Birefringence coating stresses, Effects of coating thickness:
Reinforcing effects, Poisson's, Stress separation techniques: Oblique incidence, Strip coatings.

UNIT-4 [12 hrs]

Brittle Coatings: Coatings stresses, Crack patterns, Refrigeration techniques, Load relaxation
techniques, Crack detection methods, Types of brittle coatings, Calibration of coating. Advantages and
brittle coating applications.
Moire Methods: Moire fringes produced by mechanical interference .Geometrical approach,
Displacement field approach to Moire fringe analysis ,0ut of plane displacement measurements, Out of
plane slope measurements .Applications and advantages

Text Books:
1. "Experimental Stress Analysis", Dally and Riley, McGraw Hill.
2. "Experimental Stress Analysis". Sadhu Singh, Khanna publisher.
3. Experimental stress Analysis, Srinath L.S tata McGraw Hill.

Reference Books:
1. "Photoelasticity Vol I and Vol II, M.M.Frocht, John Wiley &\ sons.
2. "Strain Gauge Primer", Perry and Lissner,
3. "Photo Elastic Stress Analysis", Kuske, Albrecht & Robertson John Wiley & Sons.
4. "Motion Measurement and Stress Analysis", Dave and Adams,

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 134
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
FLUID MACHINERY
BTME16F6700A LAB 16 HC 0 0 2 2 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Prerequisites: Fluid Mechanics Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30

Course Objectives:

1. To provide practical knowledge in verification of principles of fluid flow

2. To impart knowledge in measuring pressure, discharge and velocity of fluid flow
3. To understand major and minor losses.
4. To gain knowledge in performance testing of hydraulic pumps and turbines

Course Out comes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Define fluid flow principles.
2. Analyze the performance of the fluid machineries.
3. Measure the quantity of flow or discharge
4. Calculate efficiency of the fluid flow devices

Course Content:
PART-A

(Individual Experiments)

1. Determination of coefficient of friction of flow in a pipe.

2. Determination of minor losses in flow through pipes.
3. Determination of force developed by impact of jets on vanes.
4. Calibration of flow measuring devices:
a. Orifice plate meter b. Nozzle c. Venturi meter d. V-notch

PART-B
(Group Experiments)
5. Performance testing of Turbines
a. Pelton Wheel b. Francis Turbine c. Kaplan Turbine
6. Performance testing of Pumps
a. Single stage/Multistage Centrifugal pumps b. Reciprocating pumps
7. Performance test of a two stage Reciprocating Air Compressor.
8. Performance test on a Air Blower.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 135
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
COMPUTER AIDED
BTME16F6700B MODELING AND ANALYSIS 16 HC 0 0 2 2 3
LABORATORY
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Prerequisites: FEM, SOM Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30
Course Objectives:
1. To provide sound knowledge of stress, displacement, deformation and load distribution of the
beam.
2. To familiarize with the stress concentration factor.
3. To provide capability to analyze and solve practical problems based on the concept of principle
of super position.
4. To analyze complex trusses problems & its application in the real world scenario.
5. Carryout dynamic analysis of complex problems.
6. Conduct experiments related to Fixed – fixed beam for natural frequency determination.
7. To carryout thermal analysis in order to determine the heat flux and temperature distribution of
the domain.
8. To analyze theoretically by using mathematical equations.

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, the student shall be able to:
1. Understanding of the basic concept of stress, displacement, deformation and load distribution
of the beam.
2. Capability to analyze effect of stress concentration factor.
3. Capability to analyze and solve practical problems of concept of stepped & tapered bar.
4. Capability to analyze complex trusses problems.
5. Capability to analyze and provide solutions for the dynamic problems associated with various
conditions.
6. Familiarization with the experimental methodology and ability to solve problems of fixed
beam for natural frequency determination.

PART – A
Study of a FEA package and modeling stress analysis of
a Bars of constant cross section area, tapered cross section area and stepped bar
(Minimum 6 Exercises)
b. Trusses –(Minimum 2 exercises)
c. Beams – Simply supported, cantilever, beams with UDL, beams with varying load etc
(Minimum 6 exercises)
PART – B
d. Stress analysis of a rectangular plate with a circular hole
e. Thermal Analysis – 1D & 2D problem with conduction and convection boundary Conditions
(Minimum 4 exercises)
f. Dynamic Analysis
 Fixed – fixed beam for natural frequency determination
 Bar subjected to forcing function
 Fixed – fixed beam subjected to forcing function

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 136
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
ENERGY
BTME16F6800A CONVERSION LAB 16 HC 0 0 2 2 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Prerequisites: Applied Thermodynamics Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30

Course Objectives:
1. To study the properties of the lubricants and fuels.
2. To know the performance of the engines.
3. To study the performance of the engines under various loading conditions.
4. To calculate various engine parameters.

Course Out comes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Identify various types of engines.
2. Define various engine parameters.
3. Analyze the engine for different loading conditions.
4. Compare the engines and select the engine on the basis of the performance

Course Content:
PART – A
1. Determination of Flash point and Fire point of lubricating oil using Abel Pensky and
Marten‘s (closed) / Cleavland‘s (Open Cup) Apparatus.
2. Determination of Calorific value of solid, liquid and gaseous fuels.
3. Determination of Viscosity of lubricating oil using Redwoods, Saybolt and Torsion
Viscometers.
4. Valve Timing/port opening diagram of an I.C. engine (4 stroke/2 stroke).

5. Use of Planimeter

PART - B

1. Performance Tests on I.C. Engines, Calculations of IP, BP, Thermal efficiencies, Volumetric
efficiency, Mechanical efficiency, SFC, FP, A:F Ratio and heat balance sheet for

a) Four stroke Diesel Engine

b) Four stroke Petrol Engine
c) Multi Cylinder Diesel/Petrol Engine, (Morse test)
d) Two stroke Petrol Engine
e) Variable Compression Ratio I.C. Engine.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 137
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
HEAT & MASS
BTME16F6800B TRANSFER LAB 16 HC 0 0 2 2 3

Prerequisites: Thermodynamics & Fluid Final

Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Mechanics Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30

Course Objectives:
1. To conduct the experiments to know modes of heat transfer and to find rate of heat transfer.
2. To find the heat transfer coefficient of air under natural and forced convection mode.
3. To know the use of fins and their performance.
4. To know the performance of various heat transfer devices.
5. To study the performance of the refrigerator and air conditioner.

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Define the various modes of heat transfer.
2. Conduct the experiments to know the thermal properties of the materials.
3. Judge the mode of heat transfer which is effective for a particular application.
4. Determine the amount of heat transfer in a particular medium.

Course Content:

PART – A

1. Determination of Thermal Conductivity of a Metal Rod.

2. Determination of Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient of a Composite wall.
3. Determination of Effectiveness on a Metallic fin.
4. Determination of Heat Transfer Coefficient in a free Convection on a vertical tube.
5. Determination of Heat Transfer Coefficient in a Forced Convention Flow through a Pipe.
6. Determination of Emissivity of a Surface.

PART – B

1. Determination of Steffen Boltzmann Constant.

2. Determination of LMDT and Effectiveness in a Parallel Flow and Counter Flow
3. Heat Exchangers
4. Experiments on Boiling of Liquid and Condensation of Vapour
5. Experiment on Transient Conduction Heat Transfer
6. Performance study of Vapour compression refrigerator test rig
7. Performance study of Vapour compression Air-conditioner test rig

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 138
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

SEVENTH SEMESTER

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
CONTROL SYSTEM
BTME16F7100 16 HC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Laplace Transformation Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. To understand the fundamentals related to automatic control, open and closed loop systems and
feedback systems and their applications in real time.
2. Use of mathematical tool like Laplace transforms to analyze the system theoretically.
3. Representation of actual system in terms of physical model and mathematical model by writing
mathematical equations.
4. To understand the behavior of the system for various inputs under time domain and frequency
domain.
5. To analyze the performance and stability by using plots like polar plot, bode plot and root locus
techniques.
6. Student has to understand the actual system and be able to analyze the system and give suitable
solution.

Course Outcomes:

After Completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Able to understand practical aspects of automation needs of automation, field of automation.
2. Student can model the real time system into mathematical model which will helpful to design
cost effective sophisticated device.
3. He may analyze the device in terms of mathematical model and test the model by using various
techniques under time domain and frequency domain.
4. Able to use graphical techniques like Bode plot, Nyquist plot and root locus plot to check the
stability of the model theoretically, after satisfaction of the result, the physical model can be
developed and which will perform as per the requirement.
5. Through understanding of the subject will build the confidence to work in R&D Institutions or
to become consultant.

Course Outcomes:

UNIT -1: [12 hrs]

Introduction: Concepts of automatic controls, Types of control systems, open and closed loop
systems with examples, feedback system. Requirement of an ideal control system.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 139
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Mathematical Models: Models of mechanical systems, Transfer function, Numerical on mechanical
system and transfer function, Block Diagrams: block representation of system elements, reduction
of block diagrams.

UNIT -2: [12 hrs]

Signal flow graphs: Mason‘s gain formula, numerical.

Time Response Analysis: Transient and Steady State Response Analysis: types of inputs, first
order and second order system response to step, ramp and impulse inputs, (no derivation), time
response specifications and concepts of time constant, numerical problems, System stability:
Routh‘s-Hurwitz Criterion, numerical problems.

UNIT – 3: [12 hrs]

Frequency Response Analysis: Polar plots, Nyquist Stability Criterion, Stability Analysis, phase
and gain margin, Stability Analysis using Bode plots, Simplified Bode Diagrams.

UNIT -4: [12 hrs]

Root locus plots: Definition of root loci, general rules for constructing root loci, Analysis using root
locus plots.

Types of controller & compensation techniques: proportional controller, differential

controller, PI, PD & PID controllers, series, parallel, lead, lag, lead & lag compensation

Text Books:
1. Modern Control Engineering K. Ogatta. Pearson education, 2003
2. Control Systems principles & design M.Gopal, TMH, 2000

Reference Books
1. Control Systems I.J.Nagarath & M.Gopal New age International Publishers
2. Feedback Control Systems Schaum's series 2001

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 140
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
MECHANICAL
BTME16F7200 VIBRATIONS 16 HC 3 1 0 4 5
Final
Prerequisites: Mathematics, Dynamics of Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
machines Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. To know the basics of vibration.

2. To study the un-damped and damped free vibration.
3. To study the forced vibrations.
4. To study the multi degrees of freedom system.
5. To study the vibration measuring instruments.

Course Outcome:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Write differential equation of the given vibration model.
2. Know about damping, natural frequency and resonance.
3. Know about response of the vibrating system.
4. Know about multi degrees of freedom systems.
5. Know about vibration measurement.

Course Outcomes:

UNIT – 1 [12 hrs]

Introduction: Types of vibrations, Definitions, Simple Harmonic Motion (S.H.M.), Principle of super
position applied to SHM, Beats, Fourier theorem and simple problems.
Undamped (Single Degree of Freedom) Free Vibrations: Derivations for spring mass systems,
Methods of Analysis, Natural frequencies of simple systems, Springs in series and parallel, Torsional
and transverse vibrations, Effect of mass of spring and Problems.

UNIT – 2 [12 hrs]

Damped free vibrations (1DOF): Types of damping, Analysis with viscous damping - Derivations
for over, critical and under damped systems, Logarithmic decrement and Problems.
Forced Vibrations (1DOF): Introduction, Analysis of forced vibration with constant harmonic
excitation - magnification factor, rotating and reciprocating unbalances, excitation of support (relative
and absolute amplitudes), force and motion transmissibility, Problems.

UNIT –3 [12 hrs]

Vibration Measuring Instruments and Whirling of shafts: Seismic Instruments – Vibrometers,

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 141
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Accelerometer, Frequency measuring instruments and Problems. Whirling of shafts with and without
damping, discussion of speeds above and below critical speeds and Problems.
Systems with two degrees of Freedom: Principle modes of vibrations, Normal mode and natural
frequencies of systems (without damping) – Simple spring mass systems, masses on tightly stretched
strings, double pendulum, torsional systems, Undamped dynamic vibration absorber and Problems.

UNIT – 4 [12 hrs]

Numerical Methods for multi degree freedom of systems: Introduction, Maxwell‘s reciprocal
theorem-Statement, Influence coefficients, Dunkerley‘s method, Stodola method, Holzer‘s method,
Orthogonality of principal modes, method of matrix iteration and Problems.
Modal analysis and Condition Monitoring: Machine maintenance techniques, condition monitoring
and diagnosis, Signal analysis, dynamic testing of machines and structures, Experimental modal
analysis.

Text Books:
1. Mechanical Vibrations, S. S. Rao, Pearson Education Inc, 4th edition, 2003.
2. Mechanical Vibrations, V. P. Singh, Dhanpat Rai & Company, 3rd edition, 2006.

Reference Books:
1. Mechanical Vibrations, G. K.Grover, Nem Chand and Bros, 6th edition, 1996.
2. Theory of Vibration with Applications, W. T. Thomson, M. D. Dahleh and C. Padmanabhan,
Pearson Education Inc, 5th edition, 2008.
3. Mechanical Vibrations: S. Graham Kelly, Schaum‘s outline Series, Tata McGraw Hill, Special
Indian Edition, 2007.
4.Theory and Practice of Mechanical Vibrations: J. S. Rao & K. Gupta, New Age International
Publications, New Delhi, 2001.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 142
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
OPERATION RESEARCH
BTME16F7300 16 HC 3 1 0 4 5
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Mathematics Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. Fundamentals of OR, Formulation of an LPP.

2. To determine the optimal solution for a LPP Problem by using simplex, Big-M , Integer
Programming , Duality.
3. Applications of LPP such as transportation problem , Assignment problem , travelling
salesman problem in order to determine the minimum cost, maximum profit of transporting
the commodity, assigning of jobs to machines and also to determine the minimum distance
travelled by the salesman.
4. To analyze the waiting line model for real world applications.
5. To determine the project completion time by using PERT and CPM.
6. To know the scheduling of machines in the shop floor by using Johnson‘s algorithm.
7. To know the conflict between the two players in a game and also to identify the best strategy
for the play.

Course Outcomes:

After completion of the course the students will be able

1. Apply the various optimizing techniques in order to determine the optimal solution for the
given real world problem in order maximize the profit or minimize the loss.
2. A Key tool for decision making of real world problems.

Course Content:

UNIT -1 [12 hrs]

Introduction to Operation Research: Definition, Scope of OR, OR models, Characteristics and
phases of OR. Advantages and limitation of OR. Mathematical formulation of LPP, Assumptions in
LPP. Graphical solutions of LPP, Convex and non convex sets.
Linear Programming Problem: Slack, surplus and Artificial variables, Simplex method, Artificial
Variable technique, BIG-M, , Concept of duality, Special cases such as unbounded solution, multiple
optimal solution, infeasible solution &degeneracy

UNIT – 2 [12 hrs]

Transportation Problem: Formulation of transportation model, Determination of IBFS using
different methods & optimality by modi(V-V) method. Balanced and unbalanced transportation

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 143
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Problem, Degeneracy in transportation problems and resolving degeneracy, maximization of
transportation problem. Application of Transportation Problem: Assignment model – Hungarian
Method, Formulation of the assignment model (Minimization and Maximization), Balanced and
unbalanced model, special application problems on assignment model. Travelling salesman problem.

UNIT -3 [12 hrs]

Network analysis – PERT & CPM Techniques. Project scheduling, Basic terminology used in project
network, network construction, time estimates, determination of critical path and its durations, Floats ,
Variance under probabilistic models, prediction of project completion date, Concepts of cost in project
and crashing of networks. Simple problem on crashing.
Waiting Line model : Queue system and characteristics of queuing models, Kendall‘s notation,
classification of the queue. The M/m/1 :∞/FCFS queuing system, Numerical problems

UNIT -4 [12 hrs]

Game theory: Introduction, Definition, strategy, Formulation of games, pay off matrix, Maximin and
minimax criteria, Saddle point, Types of games. Solution of game with and without saddle point,
Graphical solution of 2 X n game & M X 2 game. Dominance property for rectangular game i.e., Mx
N game.
Sequencing Johnson‘s algorithm, Assumptions in sequencing, n jobs to 2 machines, n jobs on 3
machines, n jobs on m machines, 2 jobs on n machines, graphical solution priority rules, processing of
n jobs through m machines.

Text Books:

1. Operations Research, Prem kumar gupta and D.S.Hira, S.Chand Publication, New Delhi.
2. Operations Research, S.D.Sharma , Kedarnath ramanth & co.,

Reference Books:
1. Introduction to operation research, Hiller and liberman, Tata McGraw hill.
2. Operation Research and Introduction, Taha.H.A, Pearson education edition.
3. Operation Research: principles and practice: Ravindran, Phillips and Solberg, wiley india
ltd, 2nd edition 2007.
4. Operation research by Kalavathy, Vikas publications.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 144
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
CRYOGENIC
BTME16F7410 ENGINEERING 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Prerequisites: Refrigeration & Air Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Conditioning Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To introduce students to low temperature engineering and behavior of materials.
2. To develop students‘ skills to perform the analysis and design of cryogenic systems and
cryo vessels.
3. To enable the students study the principles of cryogenic instrumentation.
4. To introduce students to cryogenic applications.

Course Outcomes:
After the completion of the course the Student will be able to
1. Define and identify the application of cryogenics.
2. Design cryogenic systems and cryo vessels.
3. Analyze the system.
4. Demonstrate the knowledge of cryogenic instrumentation
5.

Course content:

UNIT -1 Introduction to Low Temperature Engineering: [12 hrs]

Cryogenics – Principles of cryogenics – Methods of production of low temperature – Cryogenic fluids
– Superconductivity and its applications – Super fluidity – Low temperature properties of structural
materials – Applications of Cryogenics.

UNIT -2 Gas Liquefication and Cryogenic Systems [12 hrs]

Liquefaction of gases – Linde Hampson system – Claude system – Heylandt system – Critical
components of liquefiers,– Cryo coolers – Stirling Cryocooler – Gifford – McMahon cryo cooler –
Pulse tube cryo cooler – Thermodynamic analysis of above systems.

UNIT -3 Gas Separation and Purification Systems [12 hrs]

Properties of mixtures – Principles of gas separation, Air, Hydrogen and Helium separation systems
– Gas purification methods. Ultra low temperature refrigerators, magneto caloric refrigerator, 3He-
4Hedilution refrigerator, Pomeranchuk cooling

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 145
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

UNIT -4 Storage and Transfer Systems [12 hrs]

Design of cryovessels – Concept of vapour coated shields – Cryogenic insulation – Vacuum, powder,
multilayer insulation, Micro-sphere insulation. Cryogenic fluid transfer- transfer lines, pressurization,
Transfer pump.
Cryogenic Instrumentation: Temperature, pressure, flow and level, measurement at low temperature
– Cryostats – Cold electronics.

Text Book:
1. Cryogenic Systems, Randall F. Barron, (1999), Oxford University Press, New York.
2. Cryogenic Systems, Thomas M Flynn, Marcel Dekker, Inc N.Y. Basal 1997

Reference:

1. Cryogenic Fundamentals, Haselden, G.G. (1999), Academic Press Inc., London

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 146
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
PRODUCT DESIGN AND
BTME16F7420 DEVELOPMENT 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: None Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives::

1. To demonstrate the awareness of the role of multiple functions in creating a new product (e.g.
marketing, finance, industrial design, engineering, production).
2. Ability to coordinate multiple, interdisciplinary tasks in. order to achieve a common objective

Course Outcomes:
After completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Identify and analyze the product design and development processes in manufacturing industry.
2. Define the components and their functions of product design and development processes and
their relationships from concept to customer over whole product lifecycle.
3. Analyze, evaluate and apply the methodologies for product design, development and
management.
4. Undertake a methodical approach to the management of product development to satisfy
customer needs.
5. Carry out cost and benefit analysis through various cost models.

Course Content:

UNIT -1: Introduction to Product Design, & processes [12 hrs]

Introduction: Characteristics of successful product development, Design and development of
products, duration and cost of product development, the challenges of product development.
Development Processes and Organizations: A generic development process, concept development:
the front-end process, adopting the generic product development process, the AMF development
process, product development organizations, the AMF organization.

UNIT -2:Product Planning, Customer needs and product specification: [12 hrs]
Product Planning: The product planning process, identify opportunities. Evaluate and prioritize
projects, allocate resources and plan timing, complete pre project planning, reflect all the results and
the process.
Identifying Customer Needs: Gather raw data from customers, interpret raw data in terms of
customer needs, organize the needs into a hierarchy, establish the relative importance of the needs and
reflect on the results and the process.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 147
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Product Specifications: What are specifications, when are specifications established, establishing
target specifications, setting the final specifications.

UNIT -3 Concept Generation, Selection and Testing: [12 hrs]

Concept Generation: The activity of concept generation clarifies the problem, search externally,
search internally, explore systematically, reflect on the results and the process.

Concept Selection: Overview of methodology, concept screening, and concept scoring,

Concept Testing: Define the purpose of concept test, choose a survey population, choose a survey
format, communicate the concept, measure customer response, interpret the result, reflect on the
results and the process.

UNIT -4: Product design and manufacturing [12 hrs]

Industrial Design: Assessing the need for industrial design, the impact of industrial design, industrial
design process, managing the industrial design process, assessing the quality of industrial design.
Design for Manufacturing: Definition, estimation of manufacturing cost, reducing the cost of
components, assembly, supporting production, impact of DFM on other factors.
Prototyping: Prototyping basics, principles of prototyping, technologies, planning for prototypes.

Text Books:

1. Product Design and Development - Karl.T.Ulrich, Steven D Eppinger - Irwin

McGrawHill – 2000.
2. Sameul Eilon – Elements of Production Planning and Control – McMillan and
Company,1962.
3. Jones S.W., Product Design and Process Selection, Butterworth Publications, 1973

REFERENCES

1. Harry Nystrom – Creativity and Innovation, John Wiley & Sons, 1979
2. George E. Dieter, Engineering Design – Materials and process approach, Tata McGraw-
Hill,3rd Edition , 2000.
3. Donald E. Carter – Concurrent Engineering, Addison Wesley, 1992

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 148
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Duration Course Hrs./
Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
ENGINEERING ECONOMICS &
BTME16F7430 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3

Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: None Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To understand principles and techniques of economic evaluation indifferent field of
engineering
2. To know the assessment procedure for the financial position of an organization.
3. To understand meaning of internet, CFD, time value of the money.

Course Outcomes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Calculate NPV,NPW, EAW and compare and select best project.

2. Calculate EMI, internet and IRR to understand time value of the money.
3. Prepare budget, financial ratio‘s etc,.

Course Content:

UNIT– 1 [12 hrs]

Introduction: Engineering Decision-Makers, Engineering and Economics, Problem solving and
Decision making, Intuition and Analysis, Tactics and Strategy. Law of demand and supply, Interest
and Interest factors: Interest rate, Simple interest, Compound interest, Cash – flow diagrams, Personal
loans and EMI Payment, Exercises and Discussion.
Present-Worth Comparisons: Conditions for present worth comparisons, Basic Present worth
comparisons, Present-worth equivalence, Net Present worth, Assets with unequal lives, infinite lives,
Future-worth comparison, Pay-back comparison, Exercises, Discussions and problems.

UNIT – 2 [12 hrs]

Equivalent Annual-Worth Comparisons: Equivalent Annual-Worth Comparison methods,
Situations for Equivalent Annual-Worth Comparisons, Consideration of asset life, Comparison of
assets with equal and unequal lives, Use of shrinking fund method, Annuity contract for guaranteed
income, Exercises, Problems.
Rate-of-Return Calculations And Depreciation: Rate of return, Minimum acceptable rate of return,
IRR, IRR misconceptions, Cost of capital concepts. Causes of Depreciation, Basic methods of
computing depreciation charges, Tax concepts, and corporate income tax.

UNIT – 3 [12 hrs]

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 149
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Estimating and Costing: Components of costs such as Direct Material Costs, Direct Labor Costs,
Fixed Over-Heads, Factory cost, Administrative Over-Heads, First cost, Marginal cost, Selling price,
Estimation for simple components.
Introduction, Scope Of Finance, Finance Functions: Statements of Financial Information:
Introduction, Source of financial information, Financial statements, Balance sheet, Profit and Loss
account, relation between Balance sheet and Profit and Loss account. Simple Numerical

UNIT – 4 [12 hrs]

Financial Ratio Analysis: Introduction, Nature of ratio analysis, Liquidity ratios, Leverage ratios,
Activity ratios, Profitability ratios, Evaluation of a firm's earning power. Simple numerical

Financial And Profit Planning: Introduction, Financial planning, Profit planning, Objectives of
profit planning, Essentials of profit planning, Budget administration, type of budgets, preparation of
budgets, advantages, problems on flexible budget, cash budget and production budget. Introduction to
Bench Marking of Manufacturing Operation.

Text Books:
1. Engineering Economy, Riggs J.L., 4TH ed. , McGraw Hill, 2002
2. Engineering Economy, Thuesen H.G. PHI , 2002

Reference Books:

1. Engineering Economy, Tarachand, 2000.

2. Industrial Engineering and Management, OP Khanna, Dhanpat Rai & Sons. 2000
3. Financial Mangement, Prasanna Chandra, 7th Ed., TMH, 2004
4. Finacial Management, IM PANDEY, Vikas Pub. House, 2002

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 150
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
THEORY OF PLASTICITY
BTME16F7440 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Theory of Elasticity Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. To known yield criteria for ductile metal.

2. To understand the plastic stress-strain relations.
3. To learn Upper and lower bound theorems and corollaries.
4. To solve Simple forms of indentation problems using upper bounds.

Course Outcomes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Demonstrate Idealized stress-strain diagrams for different material models
2. Demonstrate experimental verification of the Prandtl-Rouss equation
3. Solve Problems of metal forming

Course Content:

UNIT – 1 [12 hrs]

Fundamental of Elasticity: Concept of stress, stress transformation laws, spherical and deviator
stress tensors, equilibrium equations, octahedral stresses, concept of strain, deviator and spherical
strain tensors, strain transformation laws, octahedral strains, generalized Hooke‘s law, elastic strain
energy, compatibility equations, theories of strength. Problems.

Plastic Deformation of Metals: Crystalline structure in metals, mechanism of plastic deformation,

factors affecting plastic deformation, strain hardening, recovery, recrystallization and grain growth,
flow figures or luder‘s cubes.

UNIT–2 [12 hrs]

Cubical Dilation, True Stress And Strain: Strain tensor, principal strain, plane strain, spherical and
deviator strain, octahedral strain and representative strain, problems.

Stress Strain Relations: Introduction, types of materials, empirical equations, theories of plastic flow,
experimental verification of St.Venant‘s theory of plastic flow, the concept of plastic potential, the
maximum work hypothesis, mechanical work for deforming a plastic substance.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 151
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT–3 [12 hrs]
Yield Criteria: Introduction, yield or plasticity conditions, Von Mises and Tresca criteria,
Geometrical representation, yield surface, yield locus (two dimensional stress space), experimental
evidence for yield criteria, energy required to change the shape with basic principle problems.

Slip Line Field Theory: Introduction, basic equations for incompressible two dimensional flow,
continuity equations, stresses in conditions of plain strain, convention for slip lines, solutions of plastic
deformation problem, Geometry of slip line field, Properties of the slip lines, construction of slip line
nets

UNIT – 4 [12 hrs]

Bending Of Beams: Analysis for stresses, Non linear stress strain curve, shear stress distribution,
residual stresses in plastic bending, problems.

Torsion Of Bars: Introduction, plastic torsion of a circular bar, elastic perfectly plastic material,
elastic work hardening of material, residual stresses and problems

Text Books:
1. ‗Theory of Plasticity‟, Chakraborty 3rd Edition Elsevier.
2. „Engineering Plasticity‟, W. Johnson and P. B. Mellor D Van N.O Strand Co. Ltd 2000

Reference Books:
1. Basic Engineering Plasticity, DWA Rees 1st Edition Elsevier.
2. Theory of Plasticity, L. S. Srinath TMH,
3. Theory of Plasticity, Sadhu Singh, Kanna publisher

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 152
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
BTME16F7510 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3
DYNAMICS
Final
Prerequisites: Fluid Mechanics, Heat Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
Transfer, Differential and Integral mathematics Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives::
1. To provide the students with sufficient background to understand the mathematical
representation of the governing equations of fluid flow and heat transfer.
2. To enable the students to solve one and two-dimensional ordinary and partial differential
equations using traditional CFD tools.
3. To help the students solve fluid flow field using some popular CFD techniques.

Course Outcome:
After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Possess the knowledge of CFD techniques, basic aspects of discretization and grid
generation.
2. Solve fluid flow fields using CFD methods.
3. Model fluid flow problems and heat transfer.

Course Content:

UNIT -1 Introduction and Governing Equations [12 hrs]

Introduction - Impact and applications of CFD in diverse fields - Governing equations of fluid
dynamics – Continuity - Momentum and energy - Generic differential form for governing equations -
Initial and Boundary conditions - Governing equations for boundry layers -Classification of partial
differential equations – Hyperbolic - Parabolic - Elliptic and Mixed types - Applications and
relevance.

UNIT -2 Discretization [12 hrs]

Basic aspects of discretization - Discretization techniques – Finite difference - Finite volume and
Finite Element Method– Comparison of discretization by the three methods - Introduction to Finite
differences three-dimensional conduction in Cartesian coordinates – Explicit - Implicit - Crank-
Nicolson - ADI scheme – Stability criterion. Difference equations - Numerical errors -.truncation
errors, round off error

UNIT -3 CFD Tool [12 hrs]

-Geometry-meshing-grid independent test, mesh refinement analysis, validation, results. Turbulent
modeling, convergence, accuracy. Examples.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 153
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

UNIT -4 Advance CFD: [12 hrs]

Introduction, large eddy simulation, direct numerical simulation, multi flow combustion, case study,
future in CFD.

Text Books

1. J.D. Anderson, Jr., (2000), Computational Fluid Dynamics – The basics with applications,
McGraw-Hill, Incs.

Reference Books

1. K. Muralidhar, T. Sundarajan, (2001), Computatioanl Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer,

Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.
2. S.V. Patankar, (1999), Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow,
3. Jiyuan Tu Computational fluid Dynamics – A practical approach-Elsevier publication

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 154
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
NANO TECHNOLOGY
BTME16F7520 AND APPLICATIONS 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Material Science Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. To enable the students understand the basic concepts of Nanotechnology

2. To enhance the knowledge of students in nano materials
3. To familiarize the students with the properties of nano materials and their applications
4. To expose the students MEMS / NEMS devices and their applications

Course Outcome:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Student will be able to . Use Nano materials for various industrial applications
2. Design MEMS / NEMS devices for various applications .
3. Demonstrate the knowledge of devices used in MEMS/NEMS

Course Content:
UNIT-1: Introduction to Nano Science& Technology: [12 hrs]
Single crystal, polycrystal and a nanocrystal- Nano in nature- Significance of nanostructures-- Present
and future applications of nanomaterials - Classification of nanomaterials - magic numbers-Electronic
and structural magic numbers - bulk to nanotransition- Size dependent property changes- Factors
leading to changes-Surface to volume ratio and quantum confinement -stabilization of nanoparticles.

UNIT -2: Synthesis, characterization of nano materials and mechanical properties: [12 hrs]
Bottom-up and top down approaches- Inert gas condensation- Ball milling and Sol –gel - lithographic
techniques- Particle size determination- XRD- laser diffraction- SEM,TEM, Raman ,Infrared
spectroscopies , AFM and contact angle measurement and porosimeter –phase transitions in nano
systems- Inverse-Hall-Petch behaviour–mechanical properties of nanomaterials.

UNIT -3:Applications of Nanomaterials in automobiles, aerospace, energy and biomedical areas

[12 hrs]

Metallic nanoparticles, Cu, Ag,Au,Pd,Rh ,Modulus and hardness, melting point depression , catalytic,
antifungal and anti bacterial properties, chemical sensors ,CeO2- fuel efficiency – magnetic
nanoparticles - s Metallic nanoparticles, Cu, Ag,Au,Pd,Rh ,Modulus and hardness, melting point

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 155
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
depression , catalytic, antifungal and anti bacterial properties, chemical sensors ,CeO2- fuel efficiency
– magnetic nanoparticles

UNIT -4 : Nano machines and Nano devices: [12 hrs]

Microelecrtoromechanical systems- (MEMS) –Nanoelectromechanical systems (NEMS), Fabrication-
nanodevices and nanomachines , molecular and supramolecular switches . Nano tribology

Text Books

1. Charles P. Poole, Frank J. Owens, (2000), Introduction to Nanotechnology, John Wiley &
Sons.
2. Nanomaterials:Synthesis, properties and applications C.N.R.Rao, P.J.Thomas and
U.Kulkarni, Springer-Verlag ( 2007)

Reference Books

1. Nanocrystalline materials,Glieter, Progress in Materials Science Vol. 33, pp. 223-315, 1989
2. Mechanical alloying and milling, C. Suryanarayana, Progress in Materials Science 46 (2001)
1,184

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 156
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
TRIBOLOGY & BEARING
BTME16F7530 DESIGN 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: None Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To provide broad based understanding of the interdisciplinary subject ‗tribology‘ and its
technological significance
2. To understand the nature of engineering surfaces, their topography and learn about surface
characterization techniques.
3. To learn about the contact of solid surfaces and their interactions
4. To understand the genesis of friction, laws of sliding and rolling friction
5. To learn about consequences of wear, wear mechanisms, wear theories and analysis of wear
problems
6. To learn about the principles of lubrication, lubrication regimes, theories of hydrodynamic,
elasto hydrodynamic and mixed/ boundary lubrication
7. To learn about tribo testing and experimental techniques in tribology
8. To learn about tribology of different machine components

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Demonstrate basic understanding of friction, lubrication, and wear processes.
2. Use mathematical tools to analyze tribological processes.
3. Become familiar with common anti-friction and anti-wear components and the lubricants used
therein.
4. Describe the detailed operation of selected anti-friction or anti-wear components
5. Design a tribological system for optimal performance.
6. Develop technical project reports and technical presentations

Course Contents:

UNIT – 1 Introduction To Tribology: [12 hrs]

Properties of oils and equation of flow: Viscosity, Newton‘s Law of viscosity, Hagen-Poiseuille Law,
Flow between parallel stationary planes, viscosity measuring apparatus. Lubrication principles,
classification of lubricants.
Hydrodynamic Lubrication: Friction forces and power loss in lightly loaded bearing, Petroff‘s law,
Tower‘s experiments, mechanism of pressure development in an oil film, Reynold‘s investigation and
Reynold‘s equation in 2D.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 157
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT – 2 Idealized Journal Bearing: [12 hrs]
Introduction to idealized journal bearing, load carrying capacity, condition for equilibrium,
Sommerfeld‘s numbers and significance of it; Partial bearings, end leakages in journal bearing,
numerical problems.

Slider / Pad Bearing With A Fixed And Pivoted Shoe: Pressure distribution, Load carrying
capacity, coefficient of friction, frictional resistance in a pivoted shoe bearing, numerical examples.

UNIT – 3 Oil Flow And Thermal Equilibrium Of Journal Bearing: [12 hrs]
Oil flow through bearings, self-contained journal bearings, bearings lubricated under pressure, thermal
equilibrium of journal bearings.

Hydrostatic Lubrication: Introduction to hydrostatic lubrication, hydrostatic step bearings, load

carrying capacity and oil flow through the hydrostatic step bearing.

UNIT - 4 Bearing Materials: [12 hrs]

Commonly used bearings materials, properties of typical bearing materials. Advantages and
disadvantages of bearing materials.
Behavior Of Tribological Components: Selection, friction, Wear of ceramic materials, wear
measurements, effects of speed, temperature and pressure. Tribological measures, Material selection,
improved design, surface engineering.

Text Books

1. Fundamentals of Tribology , Basu S K., Sengupta A N., Ahuja B. B., , PHI 2006
2. Introduction to Tribology Bearings, Mujumdar B. C., S. Chand company pvt. Ltd 2008.

Reference Books

1. Theory and Practice of Lubrication for Engineers, Fuller, D., New York company 1998
2. Principles and Applications of Tribology, Moore, Pergamaon press 1998
3. Tribology in Industries, Srivastava S., S Chand and Company limited, Delhi 2002
4. Lubrication of bearings – Theoretical Principles and Design, Redzimovskay E I., Oxford
press company 2000

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 158
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
AUTOMATION IN
BTME16F7540 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3
MANUFACTURING
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: None Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. The aim of the course is to define the concept of automation and building blocks,
Fundamentals of manufacturing.
2. To specify the components of automated production, group technology and cellular
manufacturing concept.
3. To explain the types of transfer mechanism that may be used for work part transfer.
4. To outline how storage buffers can be deployed in automated production line
5. To explain the concept of automated assembly system.
6. To enable a student of course from industry to develop new methodologies for
7. Application in industry.

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Evaluate the product and production relationships.

2. Understand the cost of manufacturing operations.
3. involve in the design of transfer mechanisms that may be need
for work part transfer in manufacturing sector.
4. Evaluate the utilization and availability of the infrastructure in the automated
production line (APL).
5. understand the new automation technologies like Group Technology
(GT), Bar code systems, Lean manufacturing, JIT, Agile manufacturing.
6. Implement the concept of Line balancing.
7. Understand the modern automated industries requirements.

Course Content:

UNIT – 1 [12 hrs]

Introduction: Production System Facilities, , Automation definition, type and reason, Manuel labour
in production system, product and production relationship, cost of manufacturing operation.

Industrial Control System: Basic Elements of an Automated System, Advanced Automation

Functions & Levels of Automation, Continuous versus Discrete control, Computer Process control,
Forms of Computer Process Control.
Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 159
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

UNIT – 2 [12 hrs]

Material Handling : Overview, principle, material transportation system and storage system

Automated Manufacturing Systems: Components of a Manufacturing systems, Classification of

Manufacturing Systems, overview of Classification Scheme, Single Station Manned Workstations and
Single Station Automated Cells.

UNIT – 3 [12 hrs]

Group Technology & Flexible Manufacturing Systems: Part Families, Parts Classification and
coding, Production Flow Analysis, Cellular Manufacturing, Flexible Manufacturing Systems: What is
an FMS, FMS Components, FMS Applications & Benefits, and FMS Planning & Implementation
Issues.
Quality Control Systems: Traditional and Modern Quality Control Methods, Taguchi Methods in
Quality Engineering. Introduction to SQC Tools.

UNIT – 4 [12 hrs]

Inspection Technologies: Automated Inspection, Coordinate Measuring Machines Construction,
operation & Programming, Software, Application & Benefits, Flexible Inspection System, Inspection
Probes on Machine Tools, Machine Vision, Optical Inspection Techniques & Non-contact Non-optical
Inspection Technologies

Manufacturing Support System: Process Planning, Computer Aided Process Planning, Concurrent
Engineering & Design for Manufacturing, Advanced Manufacturing Planning, Just-in Time
Production System, Basic concepts of lean and Agile manufacturing.

Text Books

1. Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing, M. P. Groover,

Pearson education. Third Edition, 2008
2. Principles of CIM, Vajpayee, PHI.

Reference Books

1. Anatomy of Automation, Amber G.H & P. S. Amber, Prentice Hall.

2. Performance Modeling of Automated Manufacturing Systems, Viswanandham, PHI
3. Computer Based Industrial Control, Krishna Kant, EEE-PHI

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 160
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

OPEN ELECTIVE FOR OTHER SCHOOLS

Duratio
Course Hrs./
Course Code Course Title n L T P C
Type Wk.
(Weeks)
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
BTME16F7610 16 OE 4 0 0 4 4
AND PRODUCTION SYSTEMS
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam Exam
Prerequisites: None Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. The aim of the course is to define the concept of automation and building blocks,
fundamentals of manufacturing.
2. To specify the components of automated production, group technology and cellular
manufacturing concept.
3. To explain the types of transfer mechanism that may be used for work part transfer.
4. To outline how storage buffers can be deployed in automated production line
5. To explain the concept of automated assembly system.
6. To enable a student of course from industry to develop new methodologies for application in
industry.

Course Outcomes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Evaluate the product and production relationships.

2. Understand the cost of manufacturing operations.
3. Involve in the design of transfer mechanisms that may be need for work part transfer in
manufacturing sector.
4. Evaluate the utilization and availability of the infrastructure in the automated production
line (APL).
5. Understand the new automation technologies like Group Technology (GT), Bar code systems,
Lean manufacturing, JIT, Agile manufacturing.
6. Implement the concept of Line balancing.
7. Understand the modern automated industries requirements.

Course Content:

UNIT-1 [12 hrs]

Introduction: Automation, Production System Facilities, Manufacturing Support systems,
Automation in Production systems, Reasons for automating, Automation principles, Ten Strategies,
Migration Strategies.
Manufacturing Operations: Product/Production Relationship, Production concepts and Mathematical
Models, Costs of Manufacturing Operations, Problems.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 161
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

UNIT-2 [12 hrs]

Industrial Control Systems: Basic Elements of an Automated System, Advanced Automation
Functions, Levels of Automation, Continuous versus Discrete control.
Material Handling and Identification Techniques: Industrial trucks, Automated guided vehicle
systems, Monorails and other rail guided vehicles, Conveyor systems, Cranes and hoists, Automated
storage systems, Bar code technology.

UNIT-3 [12 hrs]

Group Technology & Flexible Manufacturing Systems: Part Families, Parts Classification and
coding, Production Flow Analysis, FMS, FMS Components, FMS Applications & Benefits, FMS
Planning & Implementation Issues.
Quality Control Systems: Traditional and Modern Quality Control Methods, Taguchi Methods in
Quality Engineering, Introduction to SQC, SQC Tools.

UNIT-4 [12 hrs]

Inspection Technologies: Automated Inspection, Coordinate Measuring Machines Construction
(CMM), operation & Programming, Software, Application & Benefits, Flexible Inspection System,
Inspection Probes on Machine Tools, Machine Vision, and Optical Inspection Techniques &
Noncontact Non-optical Inspection Technologies.
Manufacturing Support System: Process Planning, Computer Aided Process Planning(CAPP),
Concurrent Engineering (CE), Design for Manufacturing (DFM), Just-in Time Production System
(JIT), Basic concepts of lean and Agile manufacturing, Comparisons of Lean & Agile Manufacturing.

Text Books:

1. Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing, M. P.

Groover, Pearson education. Third Edition, 2008
2. Principles of CIM, Vajpayee, PHI.

Reference Books:

1. Anatomy of Automation, Amber G.H & P. S. Amber, Prentice Hall.

2. Performance Modeling of Automated Manufacturing Systems, Viswanandham, PHI
3. Computer Based Industrial Control, Krishna Kant, EEE-PHI

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 162
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

INDUSTRIAL
BTME16F7620 16 OE 4 0 0 4 4
ENGINEERING
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: None Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. Fundamentals of Industrial Engineering, Application of Work study in the shop floor.

2. To know the concepts of method study and work measurement with their relative technique.
3. To understand and learn the various application of industrial engineering techniques for the
day to day process.
4. To determine the standard time for the specified job.
5. To access the value for a particular product
6. To know about the depreciation and equipment replacements concepts in detail.

Course outcomes:

After completion of the course the students will be able to

1. Apply the various techniques in order to analyze the production system with respects to
industrial scenario.
2. Take right decisions to optimize the resource utilization by improving productivity of the
lands, buildings, peoples, materials, machines, money, methods and management effectively.
3. Eliminate unproductive activities under the control of management, supervisor, worker and
design of the products and processes.
4. Use the charts to record the activities of the people, materials and equipment to find alternate
methods which minimize the waste and implement the best method.
5. Improve processes by applying various IE techniques and find the standard time.
6. Design man machine system to improve human efficiency and reduce the effort of the
workers.
7. Apply various method of depreciation and replacement of equipment based on the cost with
respect to individual or group policy.

Course Content:

UNIT-1: [12 hrs]

Introduction: Industrial Revolution and historic development of the factory system. Productivity and
its index, effectiveness and efficiency, various types of productivity, partial, total factor and total
productivity, productivity cycle, productivity improvement techniques Production system and its
types.
Plant location and layout: Factors influencing plant location, location economics, selection of
specific site. Plant layout: Objectives of plant layout, principles of plant layout, types of plant layout,
their merits and demerits, Evaluation of Layouts.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 163
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

UNIT-2 [12 hrs]

Work study and its techniques: Definition of work study and method study, Basic procedure of work
study and method study. Use of recording techniques such as outline process , flow process chart, Two
handed process chart, multiple activity chart, man-machine chart.
Work Measurement: Definition, Common steps in work measurement, Time study method, breaking
the task into work elements, types of elements, rating and different methods of rating. Allowances and
its types. Calculation of basic time and standard time with numerical.

UNIT-3 [12 hrs]

Work sampling: Principles, Procedure, confidence limits, number of observations required,
advantages and disadvantages, applications. Ergonomics: Human factors in the design of workplace,
layout of equipment, design of displays and controls.
Quality and Value Engineering: Quality definition, quality attributes,7QC tools, quality costs, ISO
certification process and its benefits. Value engineering- definition , kinds of value, key elements,
value engineering job plan, life cycle cost and product life cycle.

UNIT-4 [12 hrs]

Depreciation – Definition, factors, Types and methods of Depreciation with numerical.

Equipment Replacement: Nature of replacement problems, economic life of challenger and defender,
Replacement of items – individual replacement and group replacement

Text Books:

1. Introduction to Work study, ILO( International Labor organization)

2. Industrial Engineering and Economy , O.P.Khannan, PHI Publisher

Reference Books:

1. Hand book of Industrial Engineering , Maynard

2. Motion and time study, Ralph.M.Barnes, John Wiley.
3. Motion and time study , Marvin.E.Mundel ,

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 164
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Cours
Duration Hrs./
Course Code Course Title e L T P C
(Weeks) Wk.
Type
COMPUTER INTEGRATED
BTME16F7700 MANUFACTURING LAB 16 HC 0 0 2 2 3

Prerequisites: Manufacturing Technology Final

Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam Exam
CAD/CAM/CIM Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30

Course Objectives:

1. To train the students with part programming concepts

2. Generation of manual part programming – CNC Turn and CNC mill
3. Generation of tool path and NC part program by using part Geometry.

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, the student will be able to

1. Generate the part program for the given profile/part geometry – offline
2. Able to work on CNC machines.

Course Contents:

CNC, Part Programming using CAM packages simulation of Turning, Drilling and milling operations.
Simulations to be carried out using simulation packages like Master CAM, Edge CAM, Cadem ,
MTAB or any equivalent software. (Model should consist of Minimum 4 operations).

DEMO of Flexible Manufacturing system, ASRS, AGVS Robot Programming, Hydraulic and
pneumatic, basics of these topics to be conducted.

Reference: CIM lab manual prepared by REVA University Faculty.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 165
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
DESIGN LAB
BTME16F7800 16 HC 0 0 2 2 3
Prerequisites: Theory of Machines and Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Exam
vibration Continuous Assessment
C1 OR C2: 20 C3: 30

Course Objectives:

1. To learn the testing procedure in design field.

2. To know the frequency of the rotating objects
3. To know the stress and strain in the component when it undergoes various types of loads.
4. To understand the stress concentration in the elements.
5. To learn the use of strain gages and its working principle

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Define frequency, critical speed and terminologies used in the dynamics of the machines.
2. Determine the stress and strain in the component.
3. Analyze the governors.
4. Define stress concentration and its importance and determine the stress concentration factor.

Course Contents:
.PART – A
1. Determination of natural frequency, logarithmic decrement, damping ratio and damping
coefficient in a single degree of freedom vibrating systems (longitudinal and torsional)
2. Determination of critical speed of a rotating shaft.
3. Determination of Fringe constant of Photo elastic material using.
a) Circular disc subjected to diametrical compression.
b) Pure bending specimen (four point bending )
4. Determination of stress concentration using Photo elasticity for simple components like plate
with a hole under tension or bending, circular disk with circular hole under compression, 2D
Crane hook.
5. Balancing of rotating masses.

PART – B
6. Determination of Principal Stresses and strains in a member subjected to combined
loading using Strain rosettes.
7. Determination of stresses in beam using strain gauge
8. Determination of pressure distribution in journal bearings
9. Determination of equilibrium speed, sensitiveness , power and effort of porter governor
10. Experiment on Gyroscope ( demonstration only)

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 166
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

EIGHTH SEMESTER

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
SAFETY MEASURES IN
BTME16F8100 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 16 HC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: None Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1) To know the reasons for accidents happen in mechanical Industries

2) To understand the safety procedure to avoid accidents
3) To know the safety rules and regulations.
4) To understand the various acts of Govt of India.
5) To know the responsibility as a citizen, employer, employee and head of the family

Course Outcomes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1) Define various reasons for industrial accidents.
2) Predict type of accident may occur.
3) Use various safety rules during the work.
4) Act as a responsible person.

Course Contents:

UNIT-1 ACCIDENTS & SAFETY [12 hrs]

Definitions and theories.- Accident - Injury - Unsafe act - Unsafe condition -Dangerous occurrence -
Theories and principles of accident causation - Cost of accidents - Accident reporting and
investigations - Safety committees - Need - Types- Advantages. Safety education and training -
Importance - Various training methods -Accident prevention - Motivating factors - Safety suggestion
schemes. Safety performance - Definitions connected with measuring safety performance as per Indian
and International standards.

UNIT- 2 SAFETY IN MECHANICAL HANDLING [12 hrs]

General safety consideration in material handling - Ropes, Chains, Sling, Hoops, Clamps, arresting
gears - Prime movers. Ergonomic consideration in material handling, design, installation, operation
and maintenance of conveying equipments, hoisting, traveling and slewing mechanisms. Selection,
operation and maintenance of industrial trucks - Mobile cranes - Tower crane.

UNIT-3 SAFETY IN STORAGE & HANDLING OF CHEMICALS AND GASES [12 hrs]
Safety in the design process of chemical plants - Safety in operational and maintenance - Exposure of
personnel - Operational activities and hazards - Safety in storage and handling of chemicals and gases

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 167
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
- Hazards during transportation - Pipeline transport - Safety in chemical laboratories. Specific safety
consideration for cement, paper, pharmaceutical, petroleum, petro - chemical, rubber, fertilizer and
distilleries.

UNIT-4 REGULATIONS FOR HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT [12 hrs]

Factories act and rules; - Indian explosive act - Gas cylinder rules – Environmental pollution act -
Indian petroleum act and rules - Oil industry safety directorate (OISD) - Indian Electricity act and
rules. - Mines act and rules - Indian motor vehicles act and rules.

Text Books

1. Handlin.W, “Industrial Hand Book”, McGraw-Hill, 2000.

2. Anton.T.J, “Occupational safety and health management”, (2nd Edition). New
York, McGraw Hill, 1989.

Reference Books

1. Heinrich.H.W, “Industrial Accident Prevention”, McGraw-Hill, 1980.

2. Rudenko.N, “Material Handling Equipments”, Mir Publishers, Moscow, 1981.
3. Lees.F.P, “Loss “Prevention in Process Industries”, Butterworths, NewDelhi,1986.
4 IS CODES of Oil Industry Safety Directorate, Govt. of India.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 168
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
AUTOMOTIVE
BTME16F8210 ENGINEERING 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: None Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To broaden the understanding of students in the structure of vehicle chassis and engines.
2. To introduce students to steering, suspension, braking and transmission systems.
3. To introduce students to engine auxiliary systems like heating, ventilation and air-
conditioning.
4. To teach students about the importance of alternate fuels and modifying the engine suitably.

Course Outcomes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Develop chassis and identify suitable engine for different applications
2. Formulate steering, braking and suspension systems
3. Select a suitable conventional and automatic transmission system

Course Content:

UNIT–1 [12 hrs]

ENGINE COMPONENTS: Basic components of engine components, importance with reference to
application valve timing diagrams for SI engine and CI engine, Types of combustion chambers for S.I.
Engine and C.I. Engines, methods of a Swirl generation, engine positioning, cooling requirements,
methods of cooling and lubrication.
FUELS, FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEMS FOR SI ENGINES: Conventional fuels, alternative fuels,
Combustion in S I and C I engines, normal and abnormal combustion, Knocking and detonation,
cetane and octane numbers, Fuel mixture requirements for SI engines,

UNIT–2 [12 hrs]

FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM:- Carburetor-construction and working of simple carburetor, multi point
and single point fuel injection systems. Fuel transfer pumps, Fuel filters, fuel injection pumps and
injectors. Fuel injection system in CI engines, CRDI System.
SUPERCHARGERS AND TURBOCHARGERS: Naturally aspirated engines, Forced Induction,
Types of superchargers, Turbocharger construction and operation, Intercooler.
IGNITION SYSTEMS: Battery Ignition systems, magneto Ignition system,. Electronic Ignition
system, Ignition advance.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 169
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

UNIT–3 [12 hrs]

POWER TRAINS: General arrangement of clutch, Principle of friction clutches, Fluid flywheel,
Single plate, multi-plate and centrifugal clutches.
GEAR BOX: Necessity for gear ratios in transmission, synchromesh gear boxes, 3, 4 and 5 speed gear
boxes. Free wheeling mechanism, planetary gears systems, over drives, fluid coupling and torque
converters, Epicyclic gear box, principle of automatic transmission,
DRIVE TO WHEELS: Propeller shaft and universal joints, Hotchkiss and torque tube drives,
differential, rear axle, different arrangements of fixing the wheels to rear axle, steering geometry,
camber, king pin inclination, included angle, castor, toe in & toe out, steering gears, power steering,
general arrangements of links and stub axle, over steer, under steer and neutral steer.

UNIT–4 [12 hrs]

SUSPENSION SYSTEM AND BRAKES: Requirements, Torsion bar suspension systems, leaf
spring, coil spring, independent suspension for front wheel and rear wheel. Air suspension system.
BRAKES:- Brakes and its mechanism, Disk brakes, drum brakes, Antilock –Braking systems, purpose
and operation of antilock-braking system, ABS Hydraulic Unit.
ENGINE EMISSIONS AND STANDARDS:- S I Engine emissions and C I Engine emissions,
emission controls, Controlling the air-fuel mixture, Controlling the combustion process, Cleaning the
exhaust gas, Exhaust gas recirculation, Catalytic converter, Brief discussion on Emission standards-
Euro I, II, III and IV norms, Bharat Stage II, III and IV norms.

Text Books
1. William.H.Crouse, (2006), Automotive Mechanics, 10th Edition, McGraw-Hill.
2. Kirpal Singh, Automobile Engineering, Vol.1&2, Standard Publications.
3. Mathur and Sharma Automobile Engg

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 170
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.

BTME16F8220 ROBOTICS 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: None Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. Learn the concepts of robot representation using concepts of kinematics & mathematics.
2. Learn & understand the uses & limitation of robotic & vision applications.
3. Learn basic methods & algorithms of path planning for mobile robots.
4. Learn robot transformation.

Course outcome:

After completion of the course the students will be able to

1. Understand the position and orientation of the object in space in a 3 dimensional space.
2. Understand the relationship between joint variables and the position and orientation of the
robot end effectors
3. Plan the trajectories for the robot end effectors to perform specific task
4. Understand the basic principle of image acquisition & image components.
5. Apply the knowledge to design actual robots to perform basic operations such as pick & place
line follower robots etc.

Course Content:

UNIT-1 [12 hrs]

Robotics – history, definition and anatomy of robot, Introduction–Basic Structure– Classification of
robot and Robotic configuration –laws of robotics – robot motions – work space, precision of
movement. Types of joints : Rotary, prismatic, cylindrical & spherical joints, resolution, repeatability
and accuracy of robot.Position & orientation of rigid body, universal frames & fixed frames, Euler
angle representation for xyz, zyz frames.

UNIT-2 [12 hrs]

Mathematical representation of Robots, Kinematics of Robot : Introduction, Matrix Representation,
Homogeneous transformation, forward and inverse Kinematics, Inverse Kinematics Programming,
Degeneracy, dexteritying, transformation matrix for 2R and 3R manipulator, puma 560 & SCARA
manipulator and standford.

UNIT-3 [12 hrs]

Trajectory planning & avoidance of obstacles uninformed path search, informed path search, A* & B*
algorithms, bus algorithms with tactile sensors & case studies.
End Effectors:- mechanical gripper, types, hydraulic, pneumatic and electric actuators used in robot.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 171
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Robot Applications: Industrial and non industrial application, mobile application, limitations and
future application of robot

UNIT-4 [12 hrs]

Machine Vision systems : Introduction – Image processing Vs image analysis, image Acquisition,
digital Images – Sampling and Quantization – Image definition, levels of Computation.
Programming of Robots: Types of programming, on line and off line programming, types- manual
and led through programming, programming languages, VAL and its commands, storing and
operating, point to point tasks.

Text Book:

1. Saeed B. Niku, Introduction to Robotics: Analysis, Systems, Applications, 2nd edition,

Pearson Education India, PHI 2003 (ISBN 81-7808-677-8)

References Book:

1. M.P. Groover, Industrial Robotics – Technology, Programming and Applications,

McGraw-Hill, USA, 1986.
2. Ramesh Jam, Rangachari Kasturi, Brain G. Schunck, Machine Vision, Tata McGraw-Hill,
1991.
3. Yoremkoren, Robotics for Engineers, McGraw-Hill, USA, 1987.
4. P.A. Janaki Raman, Robotics and Image Processing, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1991.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 172
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
BTME16F8230 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: None Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:
1. To understand project management, methodology that will allow to initiate and manage the
projects efficiently and effectively.
2. To know the use of project management tools, techniques and skills.
3. To understand how to manage the project cost, quality and delivery.
4. To learn the skill of selection and initiation of individual projects and portfolios of projects in
the enterprise.

.Course outcomes:
After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Identify specific management needs in the execution of projects at tactical and strategic level.
2. Estimate the project proposals for scope, time and cost to consider its feasibility.
3. Synthesis the strategies to evolve suitable approach to accomplish the project with effective
usage of the resources.
4. Illustrate the team building and leadership skills in planning and implementation of the project.
5. Apply effective management technique in the project execution to fulfill the desired objectives.

Course Contents:

UNIT–1 [12 hrs]

Concept of Project Management: Concept of project, categories of projects, phase of project life
cycle , roles and responsibility of a project leader, tools and technology for project management.

Organizing and Staffing: Project leader: skills/abilities required for project manager, authorities and
responsibilities of project manager, project organization, types of accountability in project execution
and control
UNIT – 2 [12 hrs]
Project Planning and Estimation: Feasibility study and report, phased planning, project planning
steps: objectives and goals of the project, preparation of cost estimation, finalization of project
implementation, evaluation of the project profitability.

Project Procedure Manual: Contract management, configuration management, communication

management, man management , time management, materials management, cost management, needs
for flexibility.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 173
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT – 3 [12 hrs]
Project Scheduling, Coordination and Control: Project implementation, scheduling-different
techniques-GANTT charts, bar charts for combined activities,Project direction, communication in a
project, project coordination, project control, scope and progress control performance control,
schedule control and cost control, case study .

UNIT – 4 [12 hrs]

Performance Measures in Project Management and Project Inventory Management:
Performance indicators, performance improvement for the CM and DM companies for better project
management, nature of project inventory, supply and transportation of materials.

Project Implementation: project work system design, work break down structure (WBS), project
execution plan (PEP)

Text Books

1. Project Management, a system approach to planning, scheduling and controlling- Herold

Kerzner CBS publishers and distributors, 2002
2. Project Management- Chaudhry S McGraw Hill 2010

Reference Books

1. Project Management, Harvey Maylor, 3rd edition, Pearson, 2003,

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 174
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
MECHANICS OF
BTME16F8240 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3
COMPOSITE MATERIALS
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: Material Science Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. To classify the composite materials, highlight their applications in key areas and introduce to
fiber reinforced plastic processing.
2. To perform micromechanical and macro mechanical analysis of a lamina.
3. To introduce to various biaxial strength theories and macro mechanical analysis of a laminate.
4. To provide a detailed understanding of metal matrix composites including types, application,
fabrication and properties.
5. To provide thorough knowledge on composites, metal matrix composites, micro/macro
mechanical analysis of lamina/laminate.

Course Outcomes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Gain knowledge on classification of composites, their applications and processing.

2. Understand micro/macro mechanical analysis of lamina/laminate
3. Be familiar with various biaxial strength theories and understand macro mechanical analysis
of a laminate.
4. Gain comprehensive knowledge on metal matrix composites.
5. Do Micro/Macro mechanical analysis of lamina/laminate and implement basic knowledge of
composites in general and metal matrix composites in particular, in future project/Research.

Course Contents:

UNIT – 1 [12 hrs]

Introduction To Composite Materials: Definition, classification and characteristics of composite
Materials – fibrous composites, laminated composites, particulate composites.
Applications: Automobile, Aircrafts. Missiles. Space hardware, Electrical and electronics, Marine,
recreational and sports equipment, future potential of composites.
Fiber Reinforced Plastic Processing: Layup and curing, fabricating process, open and closed mould
process, hand layup techniques; structural laminate bag molding, production procedures for bag
molding; filament winding, pultrusion, pulforming, thermo-forming, injection molding, blow molding.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 175
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

UNIT – 2 [12 hrs]

Micro Mechanical Analysis of a Lamina: Introduction, Evaluation of the four elastic moduli by Rule
of mixture, Numerical problems.
Macro Mechanics of a Lamina: Hooke‘s law for different types of materials, Number of elastic
constants, Two – dimensional relationship of compliance and stiffness matrix.
Macro Mechanics of a Lamina Hooke‘s law for two-dimensional angle lamina, engineering
constants – Numerical problems. Stress-Strain relations for lamina of arbitrary orientation, Numerical
problems.

UNIT – 3 [12 hrs]

Biaxial Strength Theories: Maximum stress theory, Maximum strain theory, Tsai-Hill theory, Tsai,
Wu tensor theory, Numerical problems.
Macro Mechanical Analysis of Laminate: Introduction, code, Kirchhoff hypothesis, CL T, A, B, and
D matrices (Detailed derivation) , Special cases of laminates, Numerical problems.

UNIT – 4 [12 hrs]

Metal Matrix Composites: Reinforcement materials, types, characteristics and selection base metals
selection. Need for production MMC‘s and its application.
Fabrication Process For MMC‟s: Powder metallurgy technique, liquid metallurgy technique and
secondary processing, special fabrication techniques.
Properties of MMC‟S: Physical Mechanical, Wear, machinability and Other Properties. Effect of
size, shape and distribution of particulate on properties.

Text Books

1. Composite Science and Engineering, K. K. Chawla Springer Verlag 1998.

2. Mechanics of composite materials, Autar K. Kaw CRC Press New York.

Reference Books

1. Fiber Reinforced Composites, P. K. Mallick, Marcel Dekker,Inc

2. Mechanics of Composite Materials, Robert M. Jones, McGraw Hill Kogakusha Ltd.1998
3. Composite materials hand book, Meing Schwaitz,‖ McGraw Hill book company.1984
4. Principles of composite Material mechanics, Ronald F. Gibron. McGraw Hill international,
1994.
5. Mechanics of Composite Materials and Structures, Madhujit Mukhopadhyay , Universities
Press 2009

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 176
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
BIOMASS ENERGY
BTME16F8310 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3
SYSTEMS
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: None Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. Describe sources of bio mass energy and its characteristics

2. List and explain different bio mass conversion methods
3. Explain the principles of bio mass gasifiers and bio mass digesters.
4. Present the production techniques of bio diesel and its use in IC engines.
5. Explain basic thermodynamic cycle in bio power generation.

Course outcomes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Describe the fundamentals and characteristics of bio mass energy sources

2. Describe different bio mass conversion methods to use as a fuel.
3. Explain the technological basis for harnessing bio mass energy sources.
4. Extract the bio fuel from biomass.

Course Content

UNIT – 1 [12 hrs]

Introduction: Biomass energy sources, energy content of various Bio – fuels, Energy plantation,
origin of Biomass photo synthesis process, Biomass Characteristics, sustainability of Biomass.

Biomass Conversion Methods: Agrochemical, Thermo-chemical, Biochemical (flowchart) &

Explanation.

UNIT – 2 [12 hrs]

Physical & Agrochemical Conversion: Briquetting, Pelletization, Agrochemical, fuel Extraction,
Thermo chemical Conversion: Direct combustion for heat, Domestic cooking & heating.

Biomass Gasification: Chemical reaction in gasification, Producergas& the constituents, Types of

gasifiers. Fixed bed gasifiers, Fluidized bed gasifiers. Liquefaction: Liquefaction through pyrolysis &
Methanol synthesis, application of producer gas in I C Engines.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 177
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT – 3 [12 hrs]
Bio-Methanization: Anaerobic digestion, Basic principles, factors influencing Biogas yield,
classification of Biogas digester, floating gasholder & fixed dome type.(Working Principle with
diagram), Calculations for sizing the Biogas plant.

Biogas For Power Generation: Ethanol as an automobile fuel, Ethanol production & its use in
engines.

UNIT – 4 [12 hrs]

Bio – Diesel: Sources, production of bio diesel from non edible oils, Blending of Bio diesel,
Performance analysis of diesel engines using bio diesel. Effect of use of bio diesel in I C engines.

Bio Power Plants: Bio Power generation routes, Basic Thermodynamic cycles in Bio power
generation; Brayton cycle, Sterling cycle, Rankine cycle, Co-generation cycle. Biomass based steam
power plant.

Text Books

1. Bio Gas Technology, B.T. Nijaguna. New Age International- New Delhi.2001-02
2. Energy Technology, S. Rao & B. B. Parulekar – Khanna Publishers, Delhi-1999.
3. Non Conventional Energy Sources, G. D. Rai – Khanna Publishers. Delhi.

Reference Books

1. Greenhouse Technology for Controlled Environment, G.N. Tiwari, Alpha Science

International Ltd., Pangbourne.England.
2. Renewable Energy Resources, John.W.Twidell, Anthony. D. Weir, EC BG-2001.
3. BioMass, Deglisc. X and P. Magne, Millennium Enterprise, New Delhi.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 178
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
RAPID PROTOTYPING
BTME16F8320 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: None Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. To learn the fundamentals of Rapid prototyping and related concepts to understand the
various materials used in the techniques.
2. To minimize sustaining engineering changes
3. To extent product life time by adding necessary features and eliminating redundant features
early in the design.
4. To have a hands on experience on various tools used for modeling and manufacturing
aspects of RP
5. To understand the role of rapid prototyping and rapid tooling.
6. To study about the programming aspects by using machine code languages for various
operations using sophisticated software‘s (Manual and computer aided part programming)

Course outcomes:

After completion of the course the Students will be able to

1. Apply the various techniques in order to produce Prototypes, a pattern development for
rapid tooling and various RP software.
2. To know the impact of Rapid prototyping, Rapid tooling and Rapid manufacturing in the
product development process.

Course Content:

UNIT- 1 [12 hrs]

Introduction: Definition of RP, Prototypes, Types of prototypes, roles of prototypes, Need for the
compression in product development, Impact of Rapid prototyping in product development, history of
RP systems, Survey of applications, industry and classification of RP systems, Basic methodology of
RP, Benefits and limitations.

Stereo Lithography Systems: Principle, Process parameter, Process details, Data preparation, data
files and machine details, Application.
UNIT -2 [12 hrs]
Solid Ground Curing: Principle of operation, Machine details, Applications
Selective Laser Sintering: Type of machine, Principle of operation, process parameters, Data
preparation for SLS, Applications.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 179
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Fusion Deposition Modeling: Principle, Process parameter, Path generation, Applications.
Laminated Object Manufacturing: Principle of operation, LOM materials. Process details,
application.

UNIT -3 [12 hrs]

Concepts Modelers: Principle, Thermal jet printer, Sander‘s model maker, 3-D printer., object
Quadra systems.

Rapid Tooling: Indirect Rapid tooling, Silicon rubber tooling, Aluminium filled epoxy tooling,
Spray metal tooling, 3D keltool, etc. Direct Rapid Tooling, Quick cast process, Copper polyamide,
Rapid Tool, DMILS, , Sand casting tooling, Laminate tooling soft Tooling vs. hard tooling.

Software for RP: STL files, Overview of Solid view, magic‘s, Mimics, magic communicator, etc.
Internet based manufacturing

UNIT -4 [12 hrs]

Rapid Manufacturing Process Optimization: factors influencing accuracy. Data preparation errors,
Part building errors, Error in finishing, influence of build orientation.
Allied process: surface digitizing, Surface generation from point cloud data, surface modification –
data transfer to solid models.
Detail application with respect to Aerospace, medical, and automobile industry.

Text Books:

1. Stereo Lithography and other RP & M Technologies, Paul F. Jacobs: SME, NY 1996.
2. Rapid Manufacturing, Pham D.T & Dimov, S.S Verlog London 2001

Reference Books:

1. Rapid Prototyping, Terry Wohlers Wohler‘s Report 2000‖ Wohler‘s Association 2000.
2. Rapid Prototyping Materials, Gurumurthi, IISc Bangalore
3. Rapid Automated, Lament wood. Indus press New York

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 180
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
NON DESTRUCTIVE
BTME16F8330 TESTING METHODS 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3

Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: None Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. Understand principle behind various NDT techniques and study about NDT equipments
and accessories.
2. Learn working procedures of various NDT techniques
3. Learn materials that could be inspected – codes, standards, specifications.

Course Outcome:

After completion of the course the students will be able to:

1. Use NDT equipments and accessories.
2. Use the NDT techniques in practical applications.
3. Compare and select of various NDT techniques based on the applications

Course Content:

UNIT-1 [12 hrs]

Non-Destructive Testing: Introduction to various non destructive methods- Comparison of Destructive
and Non destructive Tests, Visual Inspection, Optical aids used for visual inspection, Applications.

UNIT-2 [12 hrs]

Liquid Penetrant Testing, Magnetic Particle Testing: Physical principles, procedure for penetrate
testing, Penetrant Testing materials, Penetrant testing methods – water washable, post – Emulsifiable
methods, Applications Principle of MPT, procedure used for testing a component , Equipment used for
MPT, Applications

UNIT-3 [12 hrs]

Eddy Current Testing, Acoustic Emission
Principles, Instrumentation for ECT, Absolute – differential probes, Techniques – High sensitivity
Techniques, Applications Principle of AET, Instrumentation, Applications – testing of metal pressure
vessels, Fatigue crack detection in aerospace structures.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 181
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
UNIT-4 [12 hrs]
Ultrasonic Testing: Principle , Ultrasonic transducers ,Inspection Methods, Normal Inscudent Pulse –
Echo Inspection , Through – transmission Testing , angle Beam Pulse – Echo testing , Techniques for
Normal Beam Inspection , Ultrasonic Flaw detection Equipment , Modes of display A- scan , B-Scan ,
C- Scan ,Applications.

Radiography , Comparison and selection of NDT methods

Basic principle, Effect of radiation on Film, Radiographic imaging , Inspection Techniques – Single
wall single image , Double wall Penetration , Multiwall Penetration technique. Comparison and
selection of various NDT techniques

Text Book:
1. Baldev raj, T Jeyakumar, M. Thavasimuthu Practical Non Destructive Testing Narosa
publishing house, New Delhi, 2002

Reference Books:
1. Krautkramer. J., Ultra Sonic Testing of Materials, 1st Edition, Springer Verlag Publication,
New York, 1996.
2. Peter J. Shull Non Destructive Evaluation: Theory, Techniques and Application Marcel
Dekker, Inc., New York, 2002

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 182
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program

Duration Course Hrs./

Course Code Course Title L T P C
(Weeks) Type Wk.
MACHINE TOOL DESIGN
BTME16F8340 16 SC 3 0 0 3 3
Final
Mode of Evaluation: Semester Exam
Prerequisites: None Exam
Continuous Assessment
C1: 20 C2: 20 C3: 60

Course Objectives:

1. To know the design consideration for the manufacturing and selection of tool.
2. To Know the tool life and there regulation when it is under operating condition.

Course Objectives:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Describes the tool life and manufacturing of different tools.
2. Explains the regulation and general consideration for the selection of tool.
3. Work using computer software and simulation of tool.

Course Content:

UNIT – 1 [12 hrs]

Principles Of Machine Tool Design: General requirements of machine tool design – design process
machine tool layout general requirements of machine tool design – design process machine tool layout

Machine Tool Drives And Mechanisms: Working and auxiliary motion. Drives- Electric drives,
Hydraulic transmission, Kinematic structure, Regulation of speed and feeds, stepped regulation,
standardization of speed and feed, step less regulation of speeds and feeds.

UNIT – 2 [12 hrs]

Cutting Force Analysis And Power Requirement: In Turning, Milling, Drilling, Shaping and
Broaching operation with simple problems. General requirements of machine tools – Centre lathe,
Milling machine.

Design of Machine Tool Structures: Functions-Requirements-Design criteria Material used – static

and dynamic stiffness – Profile and basic design procedure for machine tool structures. Design of
beds, columns, housing, bases, tables, cross-rails, arms saddle, carriages.

UNIT – 3 [12 hrs]

Design Of Guide Ways And Power Screws: Function and types of guide ways – Design and
lubrication of slide ways –antifriction guide ways, protecting devices, design of power screws.

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 183
 School of Mechanical Engineering-B.Tech Program
Design Of Spindle And Spindle Bearings: Functions-Requirements and materials for spindle
compliance and machining accuracy. Design of spindles, antifriction bearing, Hydrodynamic and
Hydrostatic bearing, Air lubricated bearing.

UNIT – 4 [12 hrs]

Dynamics Of Machine Tools: Concept of dynamic cutting process, Physical causes of chatter and
vibrations, Types of Chatter. Stability chart, chatter vibration in Lathe, Drilling machine, Grinding
machine and Milling machine. Different methods for avoiding machine tool chatter and vibration.

Control Systems In Machine Tools: Functions, requirements and classification. Control system for
speed and feeds centralized control pre selective control, control system for forming and auxiliary
motions – Mechanical control– Ergonomic consideration and compatibility – Automatic control
system – Electric Hydraulic and pneumatic systems.

Text Books

1. Machine Tool Design, N.K. Mehta, 2nd Ed., Tata McGraw Hill 2001
2. Principles of Machine Tools, Sen and Bhattacharaya Oxford IBM Publishing 2000

Reference Books

1. Machine Tool Design Volume – II and III, N. Acharkan MIR Publications 2000
2. Design of Machine Tools, S. K. Basu and D. K. Pal 2000
3. Principles of Machine Tool Design, Koensberger

Approved UG syllabus (2nd Revised) BOS/ME/BME/2016-17/04/13-05-2017(2015 Batch & Onwards) Page 184